raw_getname() can leak 10 bytes of kernel memory to user
(two bytes hole between can_family and can_ifindex,
8 bytes at the end of sockaddr_can structure)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes hash collisions in cases where number
of entries have incrementing IP source and destination addresses
from single respective subnets (i.e. 192.168.0.1-172.16.0.1,
192.168.0.2-172.16.0.2, and so on.).
Signed-off-by: Jussi Maki <joamaki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For events that are rare, such as referral DNS lookups, it makes limited
sense to have a daemon constantly listening for upcalls on a channel. An
alternative in those cases might simply be to run the app that fills the
cache using call_usermodehelper_exec() and friends.
The following patch allows the cache_detail to specify alternative upcall
mechanisms for these particular cases.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
While we do want to protect against multiple concurrent readers and writers
on each upcall/downcall pipe, we don't want to limit concurrent reading and
writing to separate caches.
This patch therefore replaces the static buffer 'write_buf', which can only
be used by one writer at a time, with use of the page cache as the
temporary buffer for downcalls. We still fall back to using the the old
global buffer if the downcall is larger than PAGE_CACHE_SIZE, since this is
apparently needed by the SPKM security context initialisation.
It then replaces the use of the global 'queue_io_mutex' with the
inode->i_mutex in cache_read() and cache_write().
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Also ensure that we destroy those files before we destroy the cache_detail.
Otherwise, user processes might attempt to write into uninitialised caches.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
In order to allow rpc_pipefs to create directories with different types of
subtrees, it is useful to allow the caller to customise the subtree filling
process.
In order to do so, we separate out the parts which are specific to making
an RPC client directory, and put them in a separate helper, then we convert
the process of filling the directory contents into a callback.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
There is still a little wart or two there: Since we've already got a
vfsmount, we might as well pass that in to rpc_create_client_dir.
Another point is that if we open code __rpc_lookup_path() here, then we can
avoid looking up the entire parent directory path over and over again: it
doesn't change.
Also get rid of rpc_clnt->cl_pathname, since it has no users...
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This reflects the fact that rpc_mkdir() as it stands today, can only create
a RPC client type directory.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Clean up: provide documenting comments for the functions in
net/sunrpc/timer.c.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
After a bind completes, update the transport instance's address
strings so debugging messages display the current port the transport
is connected to.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
At some point, I recall that rpc_pipe_fs used RPC_DISPLAY_ALL.
Currently there are no uses of RPC_DISPLAY_ALL outside the transport
modules themselves, so we can safely get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Clean up: Give the "addr" and "port" field less ambiguous names.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Clean up: Replace PROC macro with open coded C99 structure
initializers to improve readability.
The rpcbind v4 GETVERSADDR procedure is never sent by the current
implementation, so it is not copied to the new structures.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Replace the open-coded decode logic for PMAP_GETPORT/RPCB_GETADDR with
an xdr_stream-based implementation, similar to what NFSv4 uses, to
protect against buffer overflows. The new implementation also checks
that the incoming port number is reasonable.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Replace the open-coded decode logic for rpcbind UNSET results with an
xdr_stream-based implementation, similar to what NFSv4 uses, to
protect against buffer overflows.
The new function is unused for the moment.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Replace the open-coded encode logic for rpcbind arguments with an
xdr_stream-based implementation, similar to what NFSv4 uses, to
better protect against buffer overflows.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Clean up: In addition to using the new generic rpc_ntop() and
rpc_get_port() functions, have the RPC client compute the presentation
address buffer sizes dynamically using kstrdup().
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
RPC universal address generation is currently done in several places:
rpcb_clnt.c, nfs4proc.c xprtsock.c, and xprtrdma.c. Remove the
redundant cases that convert a socket address to a universal
address. The nfs4proc.c case takes a pre-formatted presentation
address string, not a socket address, so we'll leave that one.
Because the new uaddr constructor uses the recently introduced
rpc_ntop(), it now supports proper "::" shorthanding for IPv6
addresses. This allows the kernel to register properly formed
universal addresses with the local rpcbind service, in _all_ cases.
The kernel can now also send properly formed universal addresses in
RPCB_GETADDR requests, and support link-local properly when
encoding and decoding IPv6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Introduce a set of functions in the kernel's RPC implementation for
converting between a socket address and either a standard
presentation address string or an RPC universal address.
The universal address functions will be used to encode and decode
RPCB_FOO and NFSv4 SETCLIENTID arguments. The other functions are
part of a previous promise to deliver shared functions that can be
used by upper-layer protocols to display and manipulate IP
addresses.
The kernel's current address printf formatters were designed
specifically for kernel to user-space APIs that require a particular
string format for socket addresses, thus are somewhat limited for the
purposes of sunrpc.ko. The formatter for IPv6 addresses, %pI6, does
not support short-handing or scope IDs. Also, these printf formatters
are unique per address family, so a separate formatter string is
required for printing AF_INET and AF_INET6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Clean up: To make subsequent patches cleaner, move the XDR data type
size macros to the top of the file (similar to nfs4xdr.c) first.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Parameters like the minimum reserved port, and the number of slot entries
should really be module parameters rather than sysctls.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
dev_queue_xmit enqueue's a skb and calls qdisc_run which
dequeue's the skb and xmits it. In most cases, the skb that
is enqueue'd is the same one that is dequeue'd (unless the
queue gets stopped or multiple cpu's write to the same queue
and ends in a race with qdisc_run). For default qdiscs, we
can remove the redundant enqueue/dequeue and simply xmit the
skb since the default qdisc is work-conserving.
The patch uses a new flag - TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS to identify the
default fast queue. The controversial part of the patch is
incrementing qlen when a skb is requeued - this is to avoid
checks like the second line below:
+ } else if ((q->flags & TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS) && !qdisc_qlen(q) &&
>> !q->gso_skb &&
+ !test_and_set_bit(__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING, &q->state)) {
Results of a 2 hour testing for multiple netperf sessions (1,
2, 4, 8, 12 sessions on a 4 cpu system-X). The BW numbers are
aggregate Mb/s across iterations tested with this version on
System-X boxes with Chelsio 10gbps cards:
----------------------------------
Size | ORG BW NEW BW |
----------------------------------
128K | 156964 159381 |
256K | 158650 162042 |
----------------------------------
Changes from ver1:
1. Move sch_direct_xmit declaration from sch_generic.h to
pkt_sched.h
2. Update qdisc basic statistics for direct xmit path.
3. Set qlen to zero in qdisc_reset.
4. Changed some function names to more meaningful ones.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
irda_getname() can leak kernel memory to user.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
atalk_getname() can leak 8 bytes of kernel memory to user
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
econet_getname() can leak kernel memory to user.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rose_getname() can leak kernel memory to user.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide dummt get/setsockopt implementations to stop these
syscalls from oopsing on our sockets.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
fix two errors in ioctl processing:
1) if the ioctl isn't supported one should return -ENOIOCTLCMD
2) don't call ndo_do_ioctl if the device doesn't provide it
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Elsewhere the sin_family field holds a value with a name of the form
AF_..., so it seems reasonable to do so here as well. Also the values of
PF_INET and AF_INET are the same.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
struct sockaddr_in sip;
@@
(
sip.sin_family ==
- PF_INET
+ AF_INET
|
sip.sin_family !=
- PF_INET
+ AF_INET
|
sip.sin_family =
- PF_INET
+ AF_INET
)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This sockopt goes in line with SO_TYPE and SO_PROTOCOL. It makes it
possible for userspace programs to pass around file descriptors — I
am referring to arguments-to-functions, but it may even work for the
fd passing over UNIX sockets — without needing to also pass the
auxiliary information (PF_INET6/IPPROTO_TCP).
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to SO_TYPE returning the socket type, SO_PROTOCOL allows to
retrieve the protocol used with a given socket.
I am not quite sure why we have that-many copies of socket.h, and why
the values are not the same on all arches either, but for where hex
numbers dominate, I use 0x1029 for SO_PROTOCOL as that seems to be
the next free unused number across a bunch of operating systems, or
so Google results make me want to believe. SO_PROTOCOL for others
just uses the next free Linux number, 38.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/phonet/pn_dev.c: In function `phonet_device_get':
net/phonet/pn_dev.c:99: warning: 'dev' might be used uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
String literals are constant, and usually, we can also tag the array
of pointers const too, moving it to the .rodata section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
percpu counter dccp_orphan_count is init in dccp_init() by
percpu_counter_init() while dccp module is loaded, but the
destroy of it is missing while dccp module is unloaded. We
can get the kernel WARNING about this. Reproduct by the
following commands:
$ modprobe dccp
$ rmmod dccp
$ modprobe dccp
WARNING: at lib/list_debug.c:26 __list_add+0x27/0x5c()
Hardware name: VMware Virtual Platform
list_add corruption. next->prev should be prev (c080c0c4), but was (null). (next
=ca7188cc).
Modules linked in: dccp(+) nfsd lockd nfs_acl auth_rpcgss exportfs sunrpc
Pid: 1956, comm: modprobe Not tainted 2.6.31-rc5 #55
Call Trace:
[<c042f8fa>] warn_slowpath_common+0x6a/0x81
[<c053a6cb>] ? __list_add+0x27/0x5c
[<c042f94f>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x29/0x2c
[<c053a6cb>] __list_add+0x27/0x5c
[<c053c9b3>] __percpu_counter_init+0x4d/0x5d
[<ca9c90c7>] dccp_init+0x19/0x2ed [dccp]
[<c0401141>] do_one_initcall+0x4f/0x111
[<ca9c90ae>] ? dccp_init+0x0/0x2ed [dccp]
[<c06971b5>] ? notifier_call_chain+0x26/0x48
[<c0444943>] ? __blocking_notifier_call_chain+0x45/0x51
[<c04516f7>] sys_init_module+0xac/0x1bd
[<c04028e4>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x22
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix build errors when SYSCTLs are not enabled:
(.init.text+0x5154): undefined reference to `net_ipv4_ctl_path'
(.init.text+0x5176): undefined reference to `register_net_sysctl_table'
xfrm4_policy.c:(.exit.text+0x573): undefined reference to `unregister_net_sysctl_table
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we look up an entry in the uid->gidlist cache, we take
a reference to the content but don't drop the reference to the
cache entry. So it never gets freed.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
When an interface is configured in the AP mode, the mac80211
implementation doesn't inform the driver to receive PS Poll frames.
It leads to inability to communicate with power-saving stations
reliably.
The FIF_CONTROL flag isn't passed by mac80211 to
ieee80211_ops.configure_filter when an interface is in the AP mode.
And it's ok, because we don't want to receive ACK frames and other
control ones, but only PS Poll ones.
This patch introduces the FIF_PSPOLL filter flag in addition to
FIF_CONTROL, which means for the driver "pass PS Poll frames".
This flag is passed to the driver:
A) When an interface is configured in the AP mode.
B) In all cases, when the FIF_CONTROL flag was passed earlier (in
addition to it).
Signed-off-by: Igor Perminov <igor.perminov@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The SME state machine in cfg80211 uses the SSID stored
in struct wireless_dev internally, but fails to clear
it in multiple places (when giving up on a connection
attempt and when disconnecting). This doesn't matter to
the SME state machine, but does matter for IBSS. Thus,
in those cases, clear the SSID to avoid messing up the
IBSS state machine.
Reported-by: Joerg Albert <jal2@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Althoug GPS is a technology w/o transmitting radio
and thus not a primary candidate for rfkill switch,
rfkill gives unified interface point for devices with
wireless technology.
The input key is not supplied as it is too be deprecated.
Cc: johannes@sipsolutions.net
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Do a probe request every 30 seconds, and wait for probe response,
half a second This should lower the traffic that card sends, thus save
power Wainting longer for response makes probe more robust against
'slow' access points
Signed-off-by: Maxim Levitsky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Retry 5 times (chosen arbitary ), before assuming
that station is out of range.
Fixes frequent disassociations while connected to weak,
and sometimes even strong access points.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Levitky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The default of 500ms is pretty high, and leads
to the device being awake at least 50% of the
time under such light traffic conditions as a
simple 1 second interval ping. Reduce to just
100ms -- it should have a similar effect while
providing a better sleep time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the bss is always set now once we are connected, if the
bss has its own information element we refer to it and pass that
instead of relying on mac80211's parsing.
Now all cfg80211 drivers get country IE support, automatically and
we reduce the call overhead that we had on mac80211 which called this
upon every beacon and instead now call this only upon a successfull
connection by a STA on cfg80211.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We change regulatory code to be protected by its own regulatory
mutex and alleviate cfg80211_mutex to only be used to protect
cfg80211_rdev_list, the registered device list.
By doing this we will be able to work on regulatory core components
without having to have hog up the cfg80211_mutex. An example here is
we no longer need to use the cfg80211_mutex during driver specific
wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(). We also no longer need it for the
the country IE regulatory hint; by doing so we end up curing this
new lockdep warning:
=======================================================
[ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
2.6.31-rc4-wl #12
-------------------------------------------------------
phy1/1709 is trying to acquire lock:
(cfg80211_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffffa00af852>] regulatory_hint_11d+0x32/0x3f0 [cfg80211]
but task is already holding lock:
(&ifmgd->mtx){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffffa0144228>] ieee80211_sta_work+0x108/0x10f0 [mac80211]
which lock already depends on the new lock.
the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
-> #3 (&ifmgd->mtx){+.+.+.}:
[<ffffffff810857b6>] __lock_acquire+0xd76/0x12b0
[<ffffffff81085dd3>] lock_acquire+0xe3/0x120
[<ffffffff814eeae4>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x350
[<ffffffffa0141bb8>] ieee80211_mgd_auth+0x108/0x1f0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa0148563>] ieee80211_auth+0x13/0x20 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa00bc3a1>] __cfg80211_mlme_auth+0x1b1/0x2a0 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa00bc516>] cfg80211_mlme_auth+0x86/0xc0 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa00b368d>] nl80211_authenticate+0x21d/0x230 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffff81416ba6>] genl_rcv_msg+0x1b6/0x1f0
[<ffffffff81415c39>] netlink_rcv_skb+0x89/0xb0
[<ffffffff814169d9>] genl_rcv+0x29/0x40
[<ffffffff8141591d>] netlink_unicast+0x29d/0x2b0
[<ffffffff81416514>] netlink_sendmsg+0x214/0x300
[<ffffffff813e4407>] sock_sendmsg+0x107/0x130
[<ffffffff813e45b9>] sys_sendmsg+0x189/0x320
[<ffffffff81011f82>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b
[<ffffffffffffffff>] 0xffffffffffffffff
-> #2 (&wdev->mtx){+.+.+.}:
[<ffffffff810857b6>] __lock_acquire+0xd76/0x12b0
[<ffffffff81085dd3>] lock_acquire+0xe3/0x120
[<ffffffff814eeae4>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x350
[<ffffffffa00ab304>] cfg80211_netdev_notifier_call+0x1a4/0x390 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffff814f3dff>] notifier_call_chain+0x3f/0x80
[<ffffffff81075a91>] raw_notifier_call_chain+0x11/0x20
[<ffffffff813f665a>] dev_open+0x10a/0x120
[<ffffffff813f59bd>] dev_change_flags+0x9d/0x1e0
[<ffffffff8144eb6e>] devinet_ioctl+0x6fe/0x760
[<ffffffff81450204>] inet_ioctl+0x94/0xc0
[<ffffffff813e25fa>] sock_ioctl+0x6a/0x290
[<ffffffff8111e911>] vfs_ioctl+0x31/0xa0
[<ffffffff8111ea9a>] do_vfs_ioctl+0x8a/0x5c0
[<ffffffff8111f069>] sys_ioctl+0x99/0xa0
[<ffffffff81011f82>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b
[<ffffffffffffffff>] 0xffffffffffffffff
-> #1 (&rdev->mtx){+.+.+.}:
[<ffffffff810857b6>] __lock_acquire+0xd76/0x12b0
[<ffffffff81085dd3>] lock_acquire+0xe3/0x120
[<ffffffff814eeae4>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x350
[<ffffffffa00ac4d0>] cfg80211_get_dev_from_ifindex+0x60/0x90 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa00b21ff>] get_rdev_dev_by_info_ifindex+0x6f/0xa0 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa00b51eb>] nl80211_set_interface+0x3b/0x260 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffff81416ba6>] genl_rcv_msg+0x1b6/0x1f0
[<ffffffff81415c39>] netlink_rcv_skb+0x89/0xb0
[<ffffffff814169d9>] genl_rcv+0x29/0x40
[<ffffffff8141591d>] netlink_unicast+0x29d/0x2b0
[<ffffffff81416514>] netlink_sendmsg+0x214/0x300
[<ffffffff813e4407>] sock_sendmsg+0x107/0x130
[<ffffffff813e45b9>] sys_sendmsg+0x189/0x320
[<ffffffff81011f82>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b
[<ffffffffffffffff>] 0xffffffffffffffff
other info that might help us debug this:
3 locks held by phy1/1709:
#0: ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8106b45d>] worker_thread+0x19d/0x340
#1: (&ifmgd->work){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8106b45d>] worker_thread+0x19d/0x340
#2: (&ifmgd->mtx){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffffa0144228>] ieee80211_sta_work+0x108/0x10f0 [mac80211]
Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Simplify the country IE hint code by just bailing out if
a previous country IE has been issued. We currently just trust
the first AP we connect to on any card. The idea was to perform
conflict resolution within this routine but since we can no longer
iterate over the registered device list here we leave conflict
resolution to be dealt with at a later time on the workqueue.
This code has no functional changes other than saving us an
interation over the registered device list when a second card
is connected, or you unplug and connect the same one, and a
country IE is received. This would have been done upon every
beacon received.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This has no functional changes.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some of the recent MLME rework I did broke powersave
because the ps_sdata isn't assigned at the right time,
and the work item wasn't removed from the list before
calling ieee80211_recalc_ps(). To be more specific,
this broke the case where you'd enabled PS before
associating, either automatically or with iwconfig.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's possible to get the NETDEV_UNREGISTER callback multiple
times (see net/core/dev.c:netdev_wait_allrefs) and this will
completely mess up our cleanup code. To avoid that, clean up
only when the interface is still on the wiphy interface list
from which it's removed on the first NETDEV_UNREGISTER call.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The mac80211 workqueue exists to enable mac80211 and drivers
to queue their own work on a single threaded workqueue. mac80211
takes care to flush the workqueue during suspend but we never
really had requirements on drivers for how they should use
the workqueue in consideration for suspend.
We extend mac80211 to document how the mac80211 workqueue should
be used, how it should not be used and finally move raw access to
the workqueue to mac80211 only. Drivers and mac80211 use helpers
to queue work onto the mac80211 workqueue:
* ieee80211_queue_work()
* ieee80211_queue_delayed_work()
These helpers will now warn if mac80211 already completed its
suspend cycle and someone is trying to queue work. mac80211
flushes the mac80211 workqueue prior to suspend a few times,
but we haven't taken the care to ensure drivers won't add more
work after suspend. To help with this we add a warning when
someone tries to add work and mac80211 already completed the
suspend cycle.
Drivers should ensure they cancel any work or delayed work
in the mac80211 stop() callback.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
sparse complains about a shadowed variable, which
we can just rename, and lots of stuff if the API
tracer is enabled, so kick out the tracer code in
a sparse run -- the macros just confuse it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a userspace SME is active, we're currently not
keeping track of the BSS properly for reporting the
current link and for internal use. Additionally, it
looks like there is a possible BSS leak in that the
BSS never gets removed from auth_bsses[]. To fix it,
pass the BSS struct to __cfg80211_connect_result in
this case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When downing interfaces, it's a good idea to tell the driver to
stop sending beacons; that way the driver doesn't need special
code in ops->remove_interface() when it should already handle the
case in bss_info_changed().
This fixes a potential crash with at least ath5k since the vif
pointer will be nullified while beacon interrupts are still active.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pavel Roskin reported a problem that seems to be due to
software retry of already transmitted frames. It turns
out that we've never done that correctly, but due to
some recent changes it now crashes in the TX code. I've
added a comment in the patch that explains the problem
better and also points to possible solutions -- which
I can't implement right now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If cache_defer_req did not leave the request on a queue, then it could
possibly have waited long enough that the cache became valid. So check the
status after the call.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
While deferred requests normally get revisited quite quickly,
it is possible for a request to remain in the deferral queue
when the cache item is discarded. We can easily make sure that
doesn't happen by calling cache_revisit_request just before
the final 'put'.
Also there is a small chance that a race would cause one thread to
defer a request against a cache item while another thread is failing
to queue an upcall for that item. So when the upcall fails, make
sure to revisit all deferred requests.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
'loose' was a mis-spelling of 'lose', and even that wasn't a good
word choice.
So give this function a more useful name.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
A regression was added through patch a4ed90d6:
"cfg80211: respect API on orig_flags on channel for beacon hint"
We did indeed respect _orig flags but the intention was not clearly
stated in the commit log. This patch fixes firmware issues picked
up by iwlwifi when we lift passive scan of beaconing restrictions
on channels its EEPROM has been configured to always enable.
By doing so though we also disallowed beacon hints on devices
registering their wiphy with custom world regulatory domains
enabled, this happens to be currently ath5k, ath9k and ar9170.
The passive scan and beacon restrictions on those devices would
never be lifted even if we did find a beacon and the hardware did
support such enhancements when world roaming.
Since Johannes indicates iwlwifi firmware cannot be changed to
allow beacon hinting we set up a flag now to specifically allow
drivers to disable beacon hints for devices which cannot use them.
We enable the flag on iwlwifi to disable beacon hints and by default
enable it for all other drivers. It should be noted beacon hints lift
passive scan flags and beacon restrictions when we receive a beacon from
an AP on any 5 GHz non-DFS channels, and channels 12-14 on the 2.4 GHz
band. We don't bother with channels 1-11 as those channels are allowed
world wide.
This should fix world roaming for ath5k, ath9k and ar9170, thereby
improving scan time when we receive the first beacon from any AP,
and also enabling beaconing operation (AP/IBSS/Mesh) on cards which
would otherwise not be allowed to do so. Drivers not using custom
regulatory stuff (wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()) were not affected
by this as the orig_flags for the channels would have been cleared
upon wiphy registration.
I tested this with a world roaming ath5k card.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These pointers can be NULL, the is_mesh() case isn't
ever hit in the current kernel, but cmp_ies() can be
hit under certain conditions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.29, 2.6.30]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rfcomm tty may be used before rfcomm_tty_driver initilized,
The problem is that now socket layer init before tty layer, if userspace
program do socket callback right here then oops will happen.
reporting in:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-bluetooth&m=124404919324542&w=2
make 3 changes:
1. remove #ifdef in rfcomm/core.c,
make it blank function when rfcomm tty not selected in rfcomm.h
2. tune the rfcomm_init error patch to ensure
tty driver initilized before rfcomm socket usage.
3. remove __exit for rfcomm_cleanup_sockets
because above change need call it in a __init function.
Reported-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Dave Young <hidave.darkstar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current neigh_periodic_timer() function is fired by timer IRQ, and
scans one hash bucket each round (very litle work in fact)
As we are supposed to scan whole hash table in 15 seconds, this means
neigh_periodic_timer() can be fired very often. (depending on the number
of concurrent hash entries we stored in this table)
Converting this to a workqueue permits scanning whole table, minimizing
icache pollution, and firing this work every 15 seconds, independantly
of hash table size.
This 15 seconds delay is not a hard number, as work is a deferrable one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since pr_err and friends are used instead of printk there is no point
in keeping IP_VS_ERR and friends. Furthermore make use of '__func__'
instead of hard coded function names.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <heder@google.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This renames away a variable clash:
* ipv6_table[] is declared as a static global table;
* ipv6_sysctl_net_init() uses ipv6_table to refer/destroy dynamic memory;
* ipv6_sysctl_net_exit() also uses ipv6_table for the same purpose;
* both the two last functions call kfree() on ipv6_table.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a path when an assetion in dev_unicast_sync() appears.
igmp6_group_added -> dev_mc_add -> __dev_set_rx_mode ->
-> vlan_dev_set_rx_mode -> dev_unicast_sync
Therefore we cannot protect this list with rtnl. This patch restores the
original protecting this list with spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Meelis Roos <mroos@linux.ee>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
memcpy() should take into account size of pointers,
not only number of pointers to copy.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Choose saner defaults for xfrm[4|6] gc_thresh values on init
Currently, the xfrm[4|6] code has hard-coded initial gc_thresh values
(set to 1024). Given that the ipv4 and ipv6 routing caches are sized
dynamically at boot time, the static selections can be non-sensical.
This patch dynamically selects an appropriate gc threshold based on
the corresponding main routing table size, using the assumption that
we should in the worst case be able to handle as many connections as
the routing table can.
For ipv4, the maximum route cache size is 16 * the number of hash
buckets in the route cache. Given that xfrm4 starts garbage
collection at the gc_thresh and prevents new allocations at 2 *
gc_thresh, we set gc_thresh to half the maximum route cache size.
For ipv6, its a bit trickier. there is no maximum route cache size,
but the ipv6 dst_ops gc_thresh is statically set to 1024. It seems
sane to select a simmilar gc_thresh for the xfrm6 code that is half
the number of hash buckets in the v6 route cache times 16 (like the v4
code does).
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If arp_format_neigh_entry() can be called with n->dev->addr_len == 0, then a
write to hbuffer[-1] occurs.
Signed-off-by: Roel Kluin <roel.kluin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason for the arbitrary restriction that device must be
up to create a vlan. This patch was added to Vyatta kernel to resolve startup
ordering issues where vlan's are created but real device was disabled.
Note: the vlan already correctly inherits the operstate from real device; so
if vlan is created and real device is marked down, the vlan is marked
down.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The test on map4 should be a test on map6.
The semantic match that finds this problem is as follows:
(http://www.emn.fr/x-info/coccinelle/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression *x;
identifier f;
constant char *C;
@@
x = \(kmalloc\|kcalloc\|kzalloc\)(...);
... when != x == NULL
when != x != NULL
when != (x || ...)
(
kfree(x)
|
f(...,C,...,x,...)
|
*f(...,x,...)
|
*x->f
)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DCCP protocol tries to allocate some large hash tables during
initialisation using the largest size possible. This can be larger than
what the page allocator can provide so it prints a warning. However, the
caller is able to handle the situation so this patch suppresses the
warning.
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@sisk.pl>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Finally! This is what you've all been waiting for!
This patch makes cfg80211 take care of wext emulation
_completely_ by itself, drivers that don't need things
cfg80211 doesn't do yet don't even need to be aware of
wireless extensions.
This means we can also clean up mac80211's and iwm's
Kconfig and make it possible to build them w/o wext
now!
RIP wext.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we now have handlers IWESSID for all modes, we can
combine them into one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we now have IWAP handlers for all modes, we can
combine them into one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Until now we implemented iwfreq for managed mode, we
needed to keep the implementations separate, but now
that we have all versions implemented we can combine
them and export just one handler.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When enqueuing packets on the internal packet queue, we
need to ensure that we have a valid vif pointer since
that is required since the net namespace work. Add some
assertions to verify this, but also don't crash is for
some reason we don't end up with a vif pointer -- warn
and drop the packet in all these cases.
Since this code touches a number of hotpaths, it is
intended to be temporary, or maybe configurable in the
future, at least the bit that is in the path that gets
hit for every packet, ieee80211_tx_pending().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When trying to disassociate while not associated,
the kernel would crash rather than refusing the
operation, fix this;
Reported-by: Maxim Levitsky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix an oops in ieee80211_scan_state_set_channel which was triggered
if the last scanned channel was skipped (for example due to regulatory
restrictions) by returning to the decision state after each skipped
channel.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Jouni and Maxim reported an oops when using wpa_supplicant -Dnl80211,
which seems to be due to random data being contained in the crypto
settings for the assoc() command. This seems to be due to the missing
memset here, so add it -- it's certainly missing but I'm not 100%
certain that it will fix the problem.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Marcel reported a warning, which quite obviously comes
from an oversight in the code handling deauth frames,
and which resulted in multiple follow-up warnings due
to this missing handling. This patch adds the missing
deauth handling (telling cfg80211 about it) and also
removes the follow-up warnings since they could happen
due to races even if nothing is wrong. I've explained
the races in the comments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Tested-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Luis reported this lockdep complaint, that he had also
reported earlier but when trying to analyse I had been
locking at the wrong code, and never saw the problem:
(slightly abridged)
=======================================================
[ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
2.6.31-rc4-wl #6
-------------------------------------------------------
wpa_supplicant/3799 is trying to acquire lock:
(cfg80211_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffffa009246a>] cfg80211_get_dev_from_ifindex+0x1a/0x90 [cfg80211]
but task is already holding lock:
(rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81400ff2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
which lock already depends on the new lock.
the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
-> #1 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}:
[<ffffffff810857b6>] __lock_acquire+0xd76/0x12b0
[<ffffffff81085dd3>] lock_acquire+0xe3/0x120
[<ffffffff814ee7a4>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x350
[<ffffffff81400ff2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[<ffffffffa009f6a5>] nl80211_send_reg_change_event+0x1f5/0x2a0 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa009529e>] set_regdom+0x28e/0x4c0 [cfg80211]
-> #0 (cfg80211_mutex){+.+.+.}:
[<ffffffff8108587b>] __lock_acquire+0xe3b/0x12b0
[<ffffffff81085dd3>] lock_acquire+0xe3/0x120
[<ffffffff814ee7a4>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x350
[<ffffffffa009246a>] cfg80211_get_dev_from_ifindex+0x1a/0x90 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa009813f>] get_rdev_dev_by_info_ifindex+0x6f/0xa0 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa009b12b>] nl80211_set_interface+0x3b/0x260 [cfg80211]
When looking at the correct code, the problem is quite
obvious. I'm not entirely sure which code paths lead
here, so until I can analyse it better let's just use
RCU to avoid the problem.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Jan reported that his b43-based laptop hangs during suspend.
The problem turned out to be mac80211 asking the driver to
stop the hardware before removing interfaces, and interface
removal caused b43 to touch the hardware (while down, which
causes the hang).
This patch fixes mac80211 to do reorder these operations to
have them in the correct order -- first remove interfaces
and then stop the hardware. Some more code is necessary to
be able to do so in a race-free manner, in particular it is
necessary to not process frames received during quiescing.
Fixes http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13337.
Reported-by: Jan Scholz <scholz@fias.uni-frankfurt.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (45 commits)
cnic: Fix ISCSI_KEVENT_IF_DOWN message handling.
net: irda: init spinlock after memcpy
ixgbe: fix for 82599 errata marking UDP checksum errors
r8169: WakeOnLan fix for the 8168
netxen: reset ring consumer during cleanup
net/bridge: use kobject_put to release kobject in br_add_if error path
smc91x.h: add config for Nomadik evaluation kit
NET: ROSE: Don't use static buffer.
eepro: Read buffer overflow
tokenring: Read buffer overflow
at1700: Read buffer overflow
fealnx: Write outside array bounds
ixgbe: remove unnecessary call to device_init_wakeup
ixgbe: Don't priority tag control frames in DCB mode
ixgbe: Enable FCoE offload when DCB is enabled for 82599
net: Rework mdio-ofgpio driver to use of_mdio infrastructure
register at91_ether using platform_driver_probe
skge: Enable WoL by default if supported
net: KS8851 needs to depend on MII
be2net: Bug fix in the non-lro path. Size of received packet was not updated in statistics properly.
...
This was caused by patch:
"mac80211: cooperate more with network namespaces"
The version of the patch applied doesn't match Johannes' latest:
http://johannes.sipsolutions.net/patches/kernel/all/LATEST/NNN-mac80211-netns.patch
The skb->cb virtual interface data wasn't being reset for
reuse so ath9k pooped out when trying to dereference the
private rate control info from the skb.
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffffa0258173>] ath_tx_rc_status+0x33/0x150 [ath9k]
<-- snip etc -->
Reported-by: Davide Pesavento <davidepesa@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a station queries us for a PS-poll response, we wrongly
queue the frame on the virtual interface's queue rather than
the pending queue.
Additionally, fix a race condition where we could potentially
send multiple frames to the sleeping station due to using a
station flag rather than a packet flag. When converting to a
packet flag, we can also convert p54 and remove the filter
clearing we added for it.
(Also remove a now dead function)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Tested-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We were issuing probe requests to the associated AP on the wrong
band by having our beacon timer loss trigger while we are scanning.
When we would scan the timer could hit and force us to send a
probe request to the AP but with a chance we'd be on the wrong band.
This leads to finding no usable bitrate but we should not get so
far on the xmit path. We should not be trying to send these probe
request frames so prevent ieee80211_mgd_probe_ap() from sending
these.
As it turns out all callers of ieee80211_mgd_probe_ap() need this
check so we just move the scan check there. This means we can remove
the recenlty added check during ieee80211_sta_monitor_work().
Additionally we now fix a race condition added by the patch
"mac80211: do not monitor the connection while scanning" which
had the same check in ieee80211_sta_conn_mon_timer(). The race
happens because the timer routine *does* a valid check for
scanning but after it queues work into the mac80211 workqueue
the work callback can kick off with scanning enabled and cause
the same issue we were trying to avoid.
The more appropriate solution would be to disable the respective
timers during scan and re-enable them after scan but requires more
complex code and testing.
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Reported-by: Fabio Rossi <rossi.f@inwind.it>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a new MLME work is created, its timeout is initialised
to 0. This is wrong, it could then be thought of as having
an actual timeout in the future (time_is_after_jiffies() can
return true). Instead, it should be initialised to jiffies
so that it will run right away as soon as the mlme work is
executed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Luciano Roth Coelho <luciano.coelho@nokia.com>
Reported-by: Alban Browaeys <prahal@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using background scanning in mac80211 the time a scan needs to
finish can exceed 10 seconds. Hence, increase the scan results
expire time to 15 seconds which should be sufficient.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Rename scan_state to next_scan_state to better reflect
what it is used for.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce a new scan flag "SCAN_OFF_CHANNEL" which basically tells us
that we are currently on a different channel for scanning and cannot
RX/TX. "SCAN_SW_SCANNING" tells us that we are currently running a
software scan but we might as well be on the operating channel to RX/TX.
While "SCAN_SW_SCANNING" is set during the whole scan "SCAN_OFF_CHANNEL"
is set when leaving the operating channel and unset when coming back.
Introduce two new scan states "SCAN_LEAVE_OPER_CHANNEL" and
"SCAN_ENTER_OPER_CHANNEL" which basically implement the functionality we
need to leave the operating channel (send a nullfunc to the AP and stop
the queues) and enter it again (send a nullfunc to the AP and start the
queues again).
Enhance the scan state "SCAN_DECISION" to switch back to the operating
channel after each scanned channel. In the future it sould be simple
to enhance the decision state to scan as much channels in a row as the
qos latency allows us.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use a bitfield to store the current scan mode instead of two boolean
variables {sw,hw}_scanning. This patch does not introduce functional
changes but allows us to enhance the scan flags later (for example
for background scanning).
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce a new scan state "decision" which is entered after
every completed scan operation and decides about the next steps.
At first the decision is in any case to scan the next channel.
This shouldn't introduce any functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of queueing the scan work again without delay just process the
next state immediately.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move the processing of each scan state into its own functions for better
readability. This patch does not introduce functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This finally opens up the ability to put mac80211 devices
into different network namespaces. As long as you don't
have sysfs, that is.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to make cfg80211/nl80211 aware of network namespaces,
we have to do the following things:
* del_virtual_intf method takes an interface index rather
than a netdev pointer - simply change this
* nl80211 uses init_net a lot, it changes to use the sender's
network namespace
* scan requests use the interface index, hold a netdev pointer
and reference instead
* we want a wiphy and its associated virtual interfaces to be
in one netns together, so
- we need to be able to change ns for a given interface, so
export dev_change_net_namespace()
- for each virtual interface set the NETIF_F_NETNS_LOCAL
flag, and clear that flag only when the wiphy changes ns,
to disallow breaking this invariant
* when a network namespace goes away, we need to reparent the
wiphy to init_net
* cfg80211 users that support creating virtual interfaces must
create them in the wiphy's namespace, currently this affects
only mac80211
The end result is that you can now switch an entire wiphy into
a different network namespace with the new command
iw phy#<idx> set netns <pid>
and all virtual interfaces will follow (or the operation fails).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are still two places in mac80211 that hardcode
the initial net namespace (init_net). One of them is
mandated by cfg80211 and will be removed by a separate
patch, the other one is used for finding the network
device of a pending packet via its ifindex.
Remove the latter use by keeping track of the device
pointer itself, via the vif pointer, and avoid it
going stale by dropping pending frames for a given
interface when the interface is removed.
To keep track of the vif pointer for the correct
interface, change the info->control.vif pointer's
internal use to always be the correct vif, and only
move it to the vif the driver expects (or NULL for
monitor interfaces and injected packets) right before
giving the packet to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Export garbage collector thresholds for xfrm[4|6]_dst_ops
Had a problem reported to me recently in which a high volume of ipsec
connections on a system began reporting ENOBUFS for new connections
eventually.
It seemed that after about 2000 connections we started being unable to
create more. A quick look revealed that the xfrm code used a dst_ops
structure that limited the gc_thresh value to 1024, and always
dropped route cache entries after 2x the gc_thresh.
It seems the most direct solution is to export the gc_thresh values in
the xfrm[4|6] dst_ops as sysctls, like the main routing table does, so
that higher volumes of connections can be supported. This patch has
been tested and allows the reporter to increase their ipsec connection
volume successfully.
Reported-by: Joe Nall <joe@nall.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
ipv4/xfrm4_policy.c | 18 ++++++++++++++++++
ipv6/xfrm6_policy.c | 18 ++++++++++++++++++
2 files changed, 36 insertions(+)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
entry was tested for NULL near the beginning of the function, followed by a
return, and there is no intervening modification of its value.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://www.emn.fr/x-info/coccinelle/)
// <smpl>
@r exists@
local idexpression x;
expression E;
position p1,p2;
@@
if (x == NULL || ...) { ... when forall
return ...; }
... when != \(x=E\|x--\|x++\|--x\|++x\|x-=E\|x+=E\|x|=E\|x&=E\|&x\)
(
*x == NULL
|
*x != NULL
)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
irttp_dup() copies a tsap_cb struct, but does not initialize the
spinlock in the new structure, which confuses lockdep.
Signed-off-by: Deepak Saxena <dsaxena@mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/phonet/pn_dev.c: In function `phonet_device_get':
net/phonet/pn_dev.c:99: warning: 'dev' might be used uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This helps avoid error messages with ethtool -k on devices that
don't provide device specific routines.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
------------------------------------------------------------------
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kobject_init_and_add will alloc memory for kobj->name, so in br_add_if
error path, simply use kobject_del will not free memory for kobj->name.
Fix by using kobject_put instead, kobject_put will internally calls
kobject_del and frees memory for kobj->name.
Signed-off-by: Xiaotian Feng <dfeng@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The use of a static buffer in rose2asc() to return its result is not
threadproof and can result in corruption if multiple threads are trying
to use one of the procfs files based on rose2asc().
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As reported by Oliver Hartkopp:
net/phonet/pn_dev.c: In function ‘phonet_init_net’:
net/phonet/pn_dev.c:221: error: implicit declaration of function
‘proc_net_fops_create’
net/phonet/pn_dev.c: In function ‘phonet_exit_net’:
net/phonet/pn_dev.c:242: error: implicit declaration of function ‘proc_net_remove’
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The removal of the master netdev broke the mesh forwarding path. This patch
fixes it by using the new internal 'pending' queue.
As a result of this change, mesh forwarding no longer does the inefficient
802.11 -> 802.3 -> 802.11 conversion that was done before.
[Changes since v1]
Suggested by Johannes:
- Select queue before adding to mpath queue
- ieee80211_add_pending_skb -> ieee80211_add_pending_skbs
- Remove unnecessary header wme.h
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_xmit() cannot be called with tasklets enabled
because it is normally called from within a tasklet.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 required this due to the master netdev, but now
it can put all information into skb->cb and this can go.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the internal 'pending' queue system in place, we can simply
put packets there instead of pushing them off to the master dev,
getting rid of the master interface completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For mac80211, with the master netdev removal, we need to be
able to sync a multicast address list onto another list that
is not tracked within a netdev, so we need access to the
functions doing that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In cfg80211_upload_connect_keys(), we call add_key, set_default_key
and set_default_mgmt_key (if applicable) one by one. If one of these
operations fails, we should stop calling the following functions.
Because if the key is not added successfully, we should not set it as
default key anyway.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We invoke the cfg80211 set_default_key callback only for WEP key
configuring.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes the following errors:
driver-trace.h:148:1: error: cannot size expression
driver-trace.h:148:1: error: cannot size expression
[...]
driver-trace.h:222:1: error: cannot size expression
driver-trace.h:71:1: error: incompatible types for operation (<)
driver-trace.h:71:1: left side has type void *<noident>
driver-trace.h:71:1: right side has type int
driver-trace.h:99:1: error: incompatible types for operation (<)
driver-trace.h:99:1: left side has type void *<noident>
driver-trace.h:99:1: right side has type int
driver-trace.h:148:1: error: incompatible types for operation (<)
driver-trace.h:148:1: left side has type void *<noident>
driver-trace.h:148:1: right side has type int
driver-trace.h:222:1: error: cannot size expression
driver-trace.h:248:1: error: incompatible types for operation (<)
driver-trace.h:248:1: left side has type void *<noident>
driver-trace.h:248:1: right side has type int
driver-trace.h:446:1: error: incompatible types for operation (<)
driver-trace.h:446:1: left side has type void *<noident>
driver-trace.h:446:1: right side has type int
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 constantly monitors the connection to the associated AP
in order to check if it is out of reach/dead.
This is absolutely fine most of the time.
Except when there is a scheduled scan for the whole neighborhood.
After all this path could trigger while scanning on different channel.
Or even worse: this AP probing triggers a WARN_ON in rate_lowest_index
when the scan code did a band transition!
( http://www.kerneloops.org/raw.php?rawid=449304 )
Reported-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the wext code I tried to not reconnect all the time
when the user wasn't really sure what they were doing,
like setting the BSSID back to the same value it was.
However, this optimisation should only be done while
associated so that setting the BSSID back to the same
value that it was actually triggers a new association
if not currently associated. To achieve, that, put the
relevant code into the !IDLE case instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Tested-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_sme_scan_done() can be called (by fullmac cards) with
wdev->conn == NULL when CFG80211_SME_CONNECTING. We quit silently
instead of WARN_ON in this case.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We were treating ieee80211_regdom module parameter hints
as core hints, this means we were not letting the user help
compliance further when using the module parameter. It also
meant that users with a device with a custom regulatory
domain set (wiphy->custom_regulatory) using this module
parameter were being stuck to the original default core
static regualtory domain. We fix this by using the static
cfg80211_regdomain alpha2 as the core hint and treating the
module parameter separately.
All iwlwifi and ath5k/ath9k/ar9170 devices which world roam
set the wiphy->custom_regulatory. This change allows users
using this module parameter to have it trated as a a proper
user hint and not have it ignored.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All current rate control algorithms agree to send management and no-ack
frames at the lowest rate. They also agree to do this when sta
and the private rate control data is NULL. We add a hlper to mac80211
for this and simplify the rate control algorithm code.
Developers wishing to make enhancements to rate control algorithms
are for broadcast/multicast can opt to not use this in their
gate_rate() mac80211 callback.
Cc: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Cc: ipw3945-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: Derek Smithies <derek@indranet.co.nz>
Cc: Chittajit Mitra <Chittajit.Mitra@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: Derek Smithies <derek@indranet.co.nz>
Cc: Chittajit Mitra <Chittajit.Mitra@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we're associated we should be able to send data to
target sta. If we cannot we may be trying to use the incorrect
band to talk to the sta. Lets catch any such cases, warn, and
drop the frames to not invalidate assumptions being made on
rate control algorithms when they have a valid sta to
communicate with. Any such cases should be handled and fixed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The work that we cancel there requires the cfg80211_mutex,
so we can't cancel it under the mutex, which is fine, we
can just move it to after the locked section.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In "mac80211: monitor the connection" I forgot to
add code to cancel the new timers & work when the
interface is brought down, which isn't a problem
if you just bring it down, but _is_ a problem when
you destroy the interface. Correct this lapse.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_set_wpa_version completely missed the use case when disabling
WPA, considering IW_AUTH_WPA_VERSION_DISABLED an invalid argument. This
caused weird error messages in wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Gábor Stefanik <netrolller.3d@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The "what-was-I-thinking-if-anything" patch. Clearly,
if cfg80211_send_disassoc() does wdev_lock() and then
calls __cfg80211_send_disassoc(), the latter shouldn't
lock again. And the sme_state test is ... no further
comments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When connected to a BSS, or joined to an IBSS, we'll want
to know in userspace without using wireless extensions, so
report the BSS status in the BSS list. Userspace can query
the BSS list, display all the information and retrieve the
station information as well.
For example (from hwsim):
$ iw dev wlan1 scan dump
BSS 02:00:00:00:00:00 (on wlan1) -- associated
freq: 2462
beacon interval: 100
capability: ESS ShortSlotTime (0x0401)
signal: -50.00 dBm
SSID: j
Supported rates: 1.0* 2.0* 5.5* 11.0* 6.0 9.0 12.0 18.0
DS Paramater set: channel 11
ERP: <no flags>
Extended supported rates: 24.0 36.0 48.0 54.0
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pavel reported that you can't set the SSID from "foo" to
"bar". I tried reproducing, but used different values,
with different lengths, and thus never saw the obvious
problem.
Reported-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This variable is only used internally, _while_ connected.
If we use it, the sequence
# iwconfig wlan1 essid foo
<connects>
# iwconfig wlan1 essid ""
<disconnects>
# iwconfig
will still display "foo" as the SSID afterwards, which
is obviously quite bogus. Fix this by only displaying
the wext SSID, if present.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of using the wext BSSID which may be NULL if
you haven't explicitly set one, we should instead use
the current_bss pointer -- if that's NULL we aren't
connected anyway. Fixes missing signal quality output
reported to me internally at Intel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
1) there's a spin_lock() that needs to be spin_lock_bh()
2) action frames of size 24 might cause an out-of-bounds
memory access (for the 25th byte only, so no big deal)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The cfg80211_sme_disassoc() function is already holding
a lock here that cfg80211_mlme_deauth() would take, so
it needs to use __cfg80211_mlme_deauth() instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the recent MLME rework I accidentally removed the connection
monitoring code. In order to add it back, this patch will add new
code to monitor both for beacon loss and for the connection actually
working, with possibly separate triggers.
When no unicast frames have been received from the AP for (currently)
two seconds, we will send the AP a probe request. Also, when we don't
see beacons from the AP for two seconds, we do the same (but those
times need not be the same due to the way the code is now written).
Additionally, clean up the parameters to the ieee80211_set_disassoc()
function that I need here, those are all useless except sdata.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We have, sometimes, multiple things that want to
run but don't have their own timer. Introduce a
new function to mac80211's mlme run_again() that
makes sure that the timer will run again at the
_first_ needed time, use that function and also
properly reprogram the timer once it fired.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch avoids memcpy from wdev->wext.ibss.bssid if it is NULL.
This could happen if we SIOCGIWAP before SIOCSIWAP.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reworks the key operation in cfg80211, and now only
allows, from userspace, configuring keys (via nl80211)
after the connection has been established (in managed
mode), the IBSS been joined (in IBSS mode), at any time
(in AP[_VLAN] modes) or never for all the other modes.
In order to do shared key authentication correctly, it
is now possible to give a WEP key to the AUTH command.
To configure static WEP keys, these are given to the
CONNECT or IBSS_JOIN command directly, for a userspace
SME it is assumed it will configure it properly after
the connection has been established.
Since mac80211 used to check the default key in IBSS
mode to see whether or not the network is protected,
it needs an update in that area, as well as an update
to make use of the WEP key passed to auth() for shared
key authentication.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We will soon want to nest key attributes into
some new attribute for configuring static WEP
keys at connect() and ibss_join() time, so we
need nested attributes for that. However, key
attributes right now are 'global'. This patch
thus introduces new nested attributes for the
key settings and functions for parsing them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Assign next hop address to pending mesh frames once the path is resolved.
Regression. Frames transmitted when a mesh path was wating to be resolved were
being transmitted with an invalid Receiver Address.
[Changes since v1]
Suggested by Johannes:
- Improved frame_queue traversal
- Narower RCU scope
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes two small bugs:
1) the connect variable is already initialised, and the
assignment to auth_type overwrites the previous setting
with a wrong value
2) when all authentication attempts fail, we need to report
that we couldn't connect
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_wext_giwrate doesn't lock the wdev, so it
cannot access current_bss race-free. Also, there's
little point in trying to ask the driver for an AP
that it never told us about, so avoid that case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework
to log all operations as given to the driver. This
will need to be extended with more information, but
as a start it should be good.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_testmode_cmd can very well be static.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While looking for something else I spent some time adding
one liner comments to the tcp_output.c functions that
didn't have any. That makes the comments more consistent.
I hope I documented everything right.
No code changes.
v2: Incorporated feedback from Ilpo.
v3: Change style of one liner comments, add a few more comments.
Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some style cleanups to match current code practices.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The per-socket drop count is visible via /proc/net/phonet.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides a list of sockets with their Phonet bind addresses and
some socket debug informations through /proc/net/phonet.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
include/net/ieee802154/af_ieee802154.h (and others) naming seems to be too long
and redundant. Drop one level of subdirectories.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (37 commits)
sky2: Avoid races in sky2_down
drivers/net/mlx4: Adjust constant
drivers/net: Move a dereference below a NULL test
drivers/net: Move a dereference below a NULL test
connector: maintainer/mail update.
USB host CDC Phonet network interface driver
macsonic, jazzsonic: fix oops on module unload
macsonic: move probe function to .devinit.text
can: switch carrier on if device was stopped while in bus-off state
can: restart device even if dev_alloc_skb() fails
can: sja1000: remove duplicated includes
New device ID for sc92031 [1088:2031]
3c589_cs: re-initialize the multicast in the tc589_reset
Fix error return for setsockopt(SO_TIMESTAMPING)
netxen: fix thermal check and shutdown
netxen: fix deadlock on dev close
netxen: fix context deletion sequence
net: Micrel KS8851 SPI network driver
tcp: Use correct peer adr when copying MD5 keys
tcp: Fix MD5 signature checking on IPv4 mapped sockets
...
The local variable 'idev' shadows the function argument 'idev' to
ip6_mc_add_src(). Fixed by removing the local declaration, as pmc->idev
should be identical with 'idev' passed as argument.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Potential memory leak via msg pointer in nl80211_get_key() function.
Signed-off-by: Niko Jokinen <ext-niko.k.jokinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For forwarded frames, we save the precursor address in addr1 in case it
needs to be used to send a Path Error. mesh_path_discard_frame,
however, was using addr2 instead of addr1 to send Path Error frames, so
correct that and also make the comment regarding this more clear.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The point of this function is to set the software and hardware state at
the same time. When I tried to use it, I found it was only setting the
software state.
Signed-off-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The location of the 802.11 header is calculated incorrectly due to a
wrong placement of parentheses. Found by kmemcheck.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Apparently there actually _are_ tools that try to set
this in sysfs even though it wasn't supposed to be used
this way without claiming first. Guess what: now that
I've cleaned it all up it doesn't matter and we can
simply allow setting the soft-block state in sysfs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-By: Darren Salt <linux@youmustbejoking.demon.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My kvm instance was complaining a lot about sleeping
in atomic contexts in the mesh code, and it turns out
that both mesh_path_add() and mpp_path_add() need to
be able to sleep (they even use synchronize_rcu()!).
I put in a might_sleep() to annotate that, but I see
no way, at least right now, of actually making sure
those functions are only called from process context
since they are both called during TX and RX and the
mesh code itself even calls them with rcu_read_lock()
"held".
Therefore, let's disable it completely for now.
It's possible that I'm only seeing this because the
hwsim's beaconing is broken and thus the peers aren't
discovered right away, but it is possible that this
happens even if beaconing is working, for a peer that
doesn't exist or so.
It should be possible to solve this by deferring the
freeing of the tables to call_rcu() instead of using
synchronize_rcu(), and also using atomic allocations,
but maybe it makes more sense to rework the code to
not call these from atomic contexts and defer more of
the work to the workqueue. Right now, I can't work on
either of those solutions though.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I guess it should be -EINVAL rather than EINVAL. I have not checked
when the bug came in. Perhaps a candidate for -stable?
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a comment for what's going on. Remove negative logic.
I find this much easier to understand quickly, although
there are a few lines duplicated.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing code treated page_shift as a variable, when in fact we
always want to have the fastreg page size be the same as the arch's
page size -- and it is, so this doesn't need to be a variable.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While FMRs allow significant flexibility in what size of pages they can use,
we really just want FMR pages to match CPU page size. Roland says we can
count on this always being supported, so this simplifies things.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Completion or congestion notifications were not being checked
if the socket went to sleep. This patch fixes that.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Backwards compatibility with rds 3.0 causes protocol-
based flow control to be disabled as a side-effect.
I don't want to pull out FC support from the IB transport
but I do want to document and keep the sysctl consistent
if possible.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since RDS 3.0 and 3.1 have different packet formats,
we need to wait until after protocol negotiation
is complete to layout the rx buffers.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Protocol negotiation is logically a property of the
transports, so rds core need not set it.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Of course len is in bytes. Calling it data_len hopefully indicates
a little better what the variable is actually for.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The big differences between RDS 3.0 and 3.1 are protocol-level
flow control, and with 3.1 the header is in front of the data. The header
always ends up in the header buffer, and the data goes in the data page.
In 3.0 our "header" is a trailer, and will end up either in the data
page, the header buffer, or split across the two. Since 3.1 is backwards-
compatible with 3.0, we need to continue to support these cases. This
patch does that -- if using RDS 3.0 wire protocol, it will copy the header
from wherever it ended up into the header buffer.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RDS on IB uses privdata to do protocol version negotiation. Apparently
the IB stack will return a larger privdata buffer than the struct we were
expecting. Just to be extra-sure, this patch adds some checks in this area.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be default cause IB connections to failover faster,
but allow a longer retry count to be used if desired.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the TCP connection handshake completes on the passive
side, a variety of state must be set up in the "child" sock,
including the key if MD5 authentication is being used. Fix TCP
for both address families to label the key with the peer's
destination address, rather than the address from the listening
sock, which is usually the wildcard.
Reported-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: John Dykstra <john.dykstra1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix MD5 signature checking so that an IPv4 active open
to an IPv6 socket can succeed. In particular, use the
correct address family's signature generation function
for the SYN/ACK.
Reported-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: John Dykstra <john.dykstra1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While looking for other fib_trie problems reported by Pawel Staszewski
I noticed there are a few uses of tnode_get_child() and node_parent()
in lookups instead of their rcu versions.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During large updates there could be triggered warnings like: "Fix
inflate_threshold_root. Now=25 size=11 bits" if inflate() of the root
node isn't finished in 10 loops. It should be much rarer now, after
changing the threshold from 15 to 25, and a temporary problem, so
this patch tries to handle it automatically using a fix variable to
increase by one inflate threshold for next root resizes (up to the 35
limit, max fix = 10). The fix variable is decreased when root's
inflate() finishes below 7 loops (even if some other, smaller table/
trie is updated -- for simplicity the fix variable is global for now).
Reported-by: Pawel Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Reported-by: Jorge Boncompte [DTI2] <jorge@dti2.net>
Tested-by: Pawel Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Olsson <robert.olsson@its.uu.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During trie_rebalance() we free memory after resizing with call_rcu(),
but large updates, especially with PREEMPT_NONE configs, can cause
memory stresses, so this patch calls synchronize_rcu() in
tnode_free_flush() after each sync_pages to guarantee such freeing
(especially before resizing the root node).
The value of sync_pages = 128 is based on Pawel Staszewski's tests as
the lowest which doesn't hinder updating times. (For testing purposes
there was a sysfs module parameter to change it on demand, but it's
removed until we're sure it could be really useful.)
The patch is based on suggestions by: Paul E. McKenney
<paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Pawel Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Tested-by: Pawel Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the physical MTU changes we want to ensure that all existing
VLAN device MTUs do not exceed the new underlying MTU. This patch
adds that propagation.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e912b1142b
(net: sk_prot_alloc() should not blindly overwrite memory)
took care of not zeroing whole new socket at allocation time.
sock_copy() is another spot where we should be very careful.
We should not set refcnt to a non null value, until
we are sure other fields are correctly setup, or
a lockless reader could catch this socket by mistake,
while not fully (re)initialized.
This patch puts sk_node & sk_refcnt to the very beginning
of struct sock to ease sock_copy() & sk_prot_alloc() job.
We add appropriate smp_wmb() before sk_refcnt initializations
to match our RCU requirements (changes to sock keys should
be committed to memory before sk_refcnt setting)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a slab cache uses SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU, we must be careful when allocating
objects, since slab allocator could give a freed object still used by lockless
readers.
In particular, nf_conntrack RCU lookups rely on ct->tuplehash[xxx].hnnode.next
being always valid (ie containing a valid 'nulls' value, or a valid pointer to next
object in hash chain.)
kmem_cache_zalloc() setups object with NULL values, but a NULL value is not valid
for ct->tuplehash[xxx].hnnode.next.
Fix is to call kmem_cache_alloc() and do the zeroing ourself.
As spotted by Patrick, we also need to make sure lookup keys are committed to
memory before setting refcount to 1, or a lockless reader could get a reference
on the old version of the object. Its key re-check could then pass the barrier.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add appropriate MODULE_ALIAS() to facilitate autoloading of can protocol drivers
Signed-off-by: Lothar Wassmann <LW@KARO-electronics.de>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a use after free bug in can protocol drivers
The release functions of the can protocol drivers lack a call to
sock_orphan() which leads to referencing freed memory under certain
circumstances.
This patch fixes a bug reported here:
https://lists.berlios.de/pipermail/socketcan-users/2009-July/000985.html
Signed-off-by: Lothar Wassmann <LW@KARO-electronics.de>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wireless extensions have the unfortunate problem that events
are multicast netlink messages, and are not independent of
pointer size. Thus, currently 32-bit tasks on 64-bit platforms
cannot properly receive events and fail with all kinds of
strange problems, for instance wpa_supplicant never notices
disassociations, due to the way the 64-bit event looks (to a
32-bit process), the fact that the address is all zeroes is
lost, it thinks instead it is 00:00:00:00:01:00.
The same problem existed with the ioctls, until David Miller
fixed those some time ago in an heroic effort.
A different problem caused by this is that we cannot send the
ASSOCREQIE/ASSOCRESPIE events because sending them causes a
32-bit wpa_supplicant on a 64-bit system to overwrite its
internal information, which is worse than it not getting the
information at all -- so we currently resort to sending a
custom string event that it then parses. This, however, has a
severe size limitation we are frequently hitting with modern
access points; this limitation would can be lifted after this
patch by sending the correct binary, not custom, event.
A similar problem apparently happens for some other netlink
users on x86_64 with 32-bit tasks due to the alignment for
64-bit quantities.
In order to fix these problems, I have implemented a way to
send compat messages to tasks. When sending an event, we send
the non-compat event data together with a compat event data in
skb_shinfo(main_skb)->frag_list. Then, when the event is read
from the socket, the netlink code makes sure to pass out only
the skb that is compatible with the task. This approach was
suggested by David Miller, my original approach required
always sending two skbs but that had various small problems.
To determine whether compat is needed or not, I have used the
MSG_CMSG_COMPAT flag, and adjusted the call path for recv and
recvfrom to include it, even if those calls do not have a cmsg
parameter.
I have not solved one small part of the problem, and I don't
think it is necessary to: if a 32-bit application uses read()
rather than any form of recvmsg() it will still get the wrong
(64-bit) event. However, neither do applications actually do
this, nor would it be a regression.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current function for sending events first allocates the
event stream buffer, and then an skb to copy the event stream
into. This can be done in one go. Also, the current function
leaks kernel data to userspace in a 4 uninitialised bytes,
initialise those explicitly. Finally also add a few useful
comments, as opposed to the current comments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes wireless extensions netns aware. The
tasklet sending the events is converted to a work
struct so that we can rtnl_lock() in it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PKTINFO is needed to scrape the caller's IP address off the socket so
RPC datagram replies are routed correctly. Fill in missing pieces in
the kernel RPC server's UDP receive path to request IPv6 PKTINFO and
correctly parse the IPv6 cmsg header.
Without this patch, kernel RPC services drop all incoming requests on
UDP on IPv6.
Related commit: 7a37f5787e
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Fix a possible regression with p9_client_stat where it can try to kfree
an ERR_PTR after an erroneous p9pdu_readf. Also remove an unnecessary data
buffer increment in p9_client_read.
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Kulkarni <adkulkar@umail.iu.edu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The default 9p transport module is not chosen unless an option parameter (any)
is passed to mount, which thus returns a ENOPROTOSUPPORT. This fix moves the
check out of parse_opts into p9_client_create.
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Kulkarni <adkulkar@umail.iu.edu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
Revert "NET: Fix locking issues in PPP, 6pack, mkiss and strip line disciplines."
skbuff.h: Fix comment for NET_IP_ALIGN
drivers/net: using spin_lock_irqsave() in net_send_packet()
NET: phy_device, fix lock imbalance
gre: fix ToS/DiffServ inherit bug
igb: gcc-3.4.6 fix
atlx: duplicate testing of MCAST flag
NET: Fix locking issues in PPP, 6pack, mkiss and strip line disciplines.
netdev: restore MTU change operation
netdev: restore MAC address set and validate operations
sit: fix regression: do not release skb->dst before xmit
net: ip_push_pending_frames() fix
net: sk_prot_alloc() should not blindly overwrite memory
Fixes two bugs:
- ToS/DiffServ inheritance was unintentionally activated when using impair fixed ToS values
- ECN bit was lost during ToS/DiffServ inheritance
Signed-off-by: Andreas Jaggi <aj@open.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename lookup_neigh_params to lookup_neigh_parms as the struct is named
neigh_parms and all other functions dealing with the struct carry
neigh_parms in their names.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <klto@zhaw.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove redundant sched/ in net/Makefile.
sched/ is contained in previous:
obj-$(CONFIG_NET) += ethernet/ 802/ sched/ netlink/,
so the later
obj-$(CONFIG_NET_SCHED) += sched/
isn't necessary.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
Makefile | 1 -
1 file changed, 1 deletion(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- validate and forward GSO UDP/IPv6 packets from untrusted sources.
- do software UFO if the outgoing device doesn't support UFO.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- move ipv6_select_ident() inline function to ipv6.h and remove the unused
skb argument
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- fix gso_size setting for ipv6 fragment to be a multiple of 8 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add HW checksum support for outgoing large UDP/IPv6 packets destined for
a UFO enabled device.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- validate and forward GSO UDP/IPv4 packets from untrusted sources.
- do software UFO if the outgoing device doesn't support UFO.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function get_net_ns_by_pid(), to get a network
namespace from a pid_t, will be required in cfg80211
as well. Therefore, let's move it to net_namespace.c
and export it. We can't make it a static inline in
the !NETNS case because it needs to verify that the
given pid even exists (and return -ESRCH).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes generic netlink network namespace aware. No
generic netlink families except for the controller family
are made namespace aware, they need to be checked one by
one and then set the family->netnsok member to true.
A new function genlmsg_multicast_netns() is introduced to
allow sending a multicast message in a given namespace,
for example when it applies to an object that lives in
that namespace, a new function genlmsg_multicast_allns()
to send a message to all network namespaces (for objects
that do not have an associated netns).
The function genlmsg_multicast() is changed to multicast
the message in just init_net, which is currently correct
for all generic netlink families since they only work in
init_net right now. Some will later want to work in all
net namespaces because they do not care about the netns
at all -- those will have to be converted to use one of
the new functions genlmsg_multicast_allns() or
genlmsg_multicast_netns() whenever they are made netns
aware in some way.
After this patch families can easily decide whether or
not they should be available in all net namespaces. Many
genl families us it for objects not related to networking
and should therefore be available in all namespaces, but
that will have to be done on a per family basis.
Note that this doesn't touch on the checkpoint/restart
problem where network namespaces could be used, genl
families and multicast groups are numbered globally and
I see no easy way of changing that, especially since it
must be possible to multicast to all network namespaces
for those families that do not care about netns.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All we need to take care of is using proper RCU list
add/del primitives and inserting a synchronize_rcu()
at one place to make sure the exit notifiers are run
after everybody has stopped iterating the list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the network namespace work in generic netlink I need
to be able to call this function under rcu_read_lock(),
otherwise the locking becomes a nightmare and more locks
would be needed. Instead, just embed a struct rcu_head
(actually a struct listeners_rcu_head that also carries
the pointer to the memory block) into the listeners
memory so we can use call_rcu() instead of synchronising
and then freeing. No rcu_barrier() is needed since this
code cannot be modular.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I added those myself in commits b4ff4f04 and 84659eb5,
but I see no reason now why they should be exported,
only generic netlink uses them which cannot be modular.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Remove smp_lock.h from files which don't need it (including some headers!)
* Add smp_lock.h to files which do need it
* Make smp_lock.h include conditional in hardirq.h
It's needed only for one kernel_locked() usage which is under CONFIG_PREEMPT
This will make hardirq.h inclusion cheaper for every PREEMPT=n config
(which includes allmodconfig/allyesconfig, BTW)
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The sit module makes use of skb->dst in it's xmit function, so since
93f154b594 ("net: release dst entry in dev_hard_start_xmit()") sit
tunnels are broken, because the flag IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE is not
unset.
This patch unsets that flag for sit devices to fix this
regression.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 2b85a34e91
(net: No more expensive sock_hold()/sock_put() on each tx)
we do not take any more references on sk->sk_refcnt on outgoing packets.
I forgot to delete two __sock_put() from ip_push_pending_frames()
and ip6_push_pending_frames().
Reported-by: Emil S Tantilov <emils.tantilov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Emil S Tantilov <emils.tantilov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some sockets use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU, and our RCU code correctness
depends on sk->sk_nulls_node.next being always valid. A NULL
value is not allowed as it might fault a lockless reader.
Current sk_prot_alloc() implementation doesnt respect this hypothesis,
calling kmem_cache_alloc() with __GFP_ZERO. Just call memset() around
the forbidden field.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to force drivers to advertise their interface
types, don't just disallow creating new interfaces with
unadvertised types but also disallow setting them UP.
Additionally, add some validation on the operations the
drivers support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We've named the registered devices 'drv' sometimes,
thinking of "driver", which is not what it is, it's
the internal representation of a wiphy, i.e. a
device. Let's clean up the naming once and and use
'rdev' aka 'registered device' everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Over time, a lot of locking issues have crept into
the smarts of cfg80211, so e.g. scan completion can
race against a new scan, IBSS join can race against
leaving an IBSS, etc.
Introduce a new per-interface lock that protects
most of the per-interface data that we need to keep
track of, and sprinkle assertions about that lock
everywhere. Some things now need to be offloaded to
work structs so that we don't require being able to
sleep in functions the drivers call. The exception
to that are the MLME callbacks (rx_auth etc.) that
currently only mac80211 calls because it was easier
to do that there instead of in cfg80211, and future
drivers implementing those calls will, if they ever
exist, probably need to use a similar scheme like
mac80211 anyway...
In order to be able to handle _deauth and _disassoc
properly, introduce a cookie passed to it that will
determine locking requirements.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
sparse warns about a number of things, and one of them
(use_mfp shadowed variable) actually is a bug, fix all
of them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently we call that cfg80211_put_dev(), but that is
misleading. With the new convention of using 'rdev' for
registered_device variables, also call that function
cfg80211_unlock_rdev().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The original code in mac80211 could send a deauth
frame under certain circumstances even if nothing
had ever requested an authentication. This has been
fixed with the rework there, so cfg80211 can now
warn again about spurious events to catch possible
future drivers or mac80211 regressions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After the mac80211 mlme cleanup, we can require that
the MLME functions in cfg80211 can sleep. This will
simplify future work in cfg80211 a lot.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We shouldn't be looking at the ssid_len for non-IBSS,
and for IBSS we should also return an error on trying
to leave an IBSS while not in or joining an IBSS.
This fixes an issue where we wouldn't disconnect() on
an interface being taken down since there's no SSID
configured this way.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new key work for cfg80211 will only give us the WEP
key for shared auth to do that authentication, and not
via the regular key settings, so we need to be able to
encrypt a single frame in software, and that without a
key struct. Thus, refactor the WEP code to not require
a key structure but use the key, len and idx directly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sit tight. This shakes up the world as you know
it. Let go of your spaghetti tongs, they will no
longer be required, the horrible statemachine in
net/mac80211/mlme.c is no more...
With the cfg80211 SME mac80211 now has much less
to keep track of, but, on the other hand, for FT
it needs to be able to keep track of at least one
authentication being in progress while associated.
So convert from a single state machine to having
small ones for all the different things we need to
do. For real FT it will still need work wrt. PS,
but this should be a good step.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ap_capab and last_probe struct members are unused.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we don't really know that well in the kernel,
let's let the SME control whether it wants to use
reassociation or not, by allowing it to give the
previous BSSID in the associate() parameters.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We've designed the /dev/rfkill API in a way that we
can increase the event struct by adding members at
the end, should it become necessary. To validate the
events, userspace and the kernel need to have the
proper event size to check for -- when reading from
the other end they need to verify that it's at least
version 1 of the event API, with the current struct
size, so define a constant for that and make the
code a little more 'future proof'.
Not that I expect that we'll have to change the event
size any time soon, but it's better to write the code
in a way that lends itself to extending.
Due to the current size of the event struct, the code
is currently equivalent, but should the event struct
ever need to be increased the new code might not need
changing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When connecting to an ESSID manually, we may not set the BSSID, and thus
wdev->wext.connect.bssid will be NULL.
wdev->current_bss is always updated when a connection is established so we
should check it first.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211's software scan implementation uses a passive dwell time of
(HZ / 5) which means we stay 200ms on each passive channel. Compared
to iwlwifi's hw scan and the old ipw* drivers which use values around
120ms this is quite long.
Reducing the passive dwell time from 200ms to 125ms should save us
something around a second on cards capable of 11a and we should still be
able to catch beacons from most access points (assuming a ~100ms beacon
interval).
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"cfg80211: Advertise ciphers via WE according to driver capability"
unfortunately broke iwrange -- it used the variable c
that needs to be 0 for the channel list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In this case, only one cipher makes sense, unlike for
connect() where it may be possible to have the card or
driver select.
No changes to mac80211 due to the way the structs are
laid out -- but the loop in net/mac80211/cfg.c will
degrade to just zero or one passes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is possible that there are different BSS structs with
the same BSSID, but we cannot authenticate with multiple
of them them because we need the BSSID to be unique for
deauthenticating/disassociating.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to avoid problems with BSS structs going away
while they're in use, I've long wanted to make cfg80211
keep track of them. Without the SME, that wasn't doable
but now that we have the SME we can do this too. It can
keep track of up to four separate authentications and
one association, regardless of whether it's controlled
by the cfg80211 SME or the userspace SME.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function from mac80211 seems generally useful, and
I will need it in cfg80211 soon.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the interface is brought down, we need to
reset the auth algorithm because wpa_supplicant
doesn't reset it, and then we fail to use shared
key auth when required later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the userspace SME is in control, we are currently not sending
events, but this means that any userspace applications using wext
or nl80211 to receive events will not know what's going on unless
they can also interpret the nl80211 assoc event. Since we have all
the required code, let the SME follow events from the userspace
SME, this even means that you will be refused to connect() while
the userspace SME is in control and connected.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With mac80211 now always controlled by an external SME,
a lot of code is dead -- SSID, BSSID, channel selection
is always done externally, etc. Additionally, rename
IEEE80211_STA_TKIP_WEP_USED to IEEE80211_STA_DISABLE_11N
and clean up the code a bit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The automatic auth algorithm issue is now solved in
cfg80211, so mac80211 no longer needs code to try
different algorithms -- just using whatever cfg80211
asked for is good.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The IEEE80211_STA_TKIP_WEP_USED flag is used internally to
disable HT when WEP or TKIP are used. Now that cfg80211 is
giving us the required information, we can set the flag
appropriately again.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
By dropping the noise reporting, we can implement
wireless stats in cfg80211. We also make the
handler return NULL if we have no information,
which is possible thanks to the recent wext change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For now, let's implement that using a very hackish way:
simply mirror the wext API in the cfg80211 API. This
will have to be changed later when we implement proper
bitrate API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This implements siocsiwap/giwap for WDS mode.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just on/off and timeout, and with a hacky cfg80211 method
until we figure out what we want, though this is probably
sufficient as we want to use pm_qos for wifi everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds code to make it possible to use the cfg80211
connect() API with wireless extensions, and because the
previous patch added emulation of that API with auth()
and assoc(), by extension also supports wext on that.
At the same time, removes code from mac80211 for wext,
but doesn't yet clean up mac80211's mlme code more.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds code to cfg80211 so that drivers (mac80211 right
now) that don't implement connect but rather auth/assoc can
still be used with the nl80211 connect command. This will
also be necessary for the wext compat code.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces the cfg80211 connect/disconnect API.
The goal here is to run the AUTH and ASSOC steps in one call.
This is needed for some fullmac cards that run both steps
directly from the target, after the host driver sends a
connect command.
Additionally, all the new crypto parameters for connect()
are now also valid for associate() -- although associate
requires the IEs to be used, the information can be useful
for drivers and should be given.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ieee80211_scan_results function hasn't existed for a
long time now, so its declaration should be removed as
well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This introduces a new NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE for testing
and calibration use with nl80211. There's no multiplexing
like like iwpriv had, and the command is not available by
default, it needs to be explicitly enabled in Kconfig and
shouldn't be enabled in most kernels.
The command requires a wiphy index or interface index to
identify the device to operate on, and the new TESTDATA
attribute. There also is API for sending replies to the
command, and testmode multicast messages (on a testmode
multicast group).
I've also updated mac80211 to be able to pass through the
command to the driver, since it itself doesn't implement
the testmode command.
Additionally, to give people an idea of how to use the
command, I've added a little code to hwsim that makes use
of the new command to set the powersave mode, this is
currently done via debugfs and should remain there, and
the testmode command only serves as an example of how to
use this best -- with nested netlink attributes in the
TESTDATA attribute. A hwsim testmode tool can be found at
http://git.sipsolutions.net/hwsim.git/. This tool is BSD
licensed so people can easily use it as a basis for their
own internal fabrication and validation tools.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is never changed by the function, so can be marked const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the auth algorithm is rejected, but we don't have
another one to try, we will eventually retry but that
isn't useful -- we'll then do it again and again until
we eventually give up. Instead, we should let the SME
know and go into disabled state. The same applies for
situations where the AP rejects with any other status
code.
Additionally, when trying the next auth algorithm, we
should reset the auth_tries so that just a single lost
frame doesn't lead to us giving up on the third auth
algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This variable isn't necessary -- the wext code keeps
track of the BSSID itself, and otherwise we have
current_bss.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of hardcoding GFP_ATOMIC everywhere, add a
new function parameter that gets the flags from the
caller. Obviously then I need to update all callers
(all of them in mac80211), and it turns out that now
it's ok to use GFP_KERNEL in almost all places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I don't like the 'extern' keyword much when it's not
necessary, it makes lines rather long.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move a break statement to the correct place _after_ the
#endif, otherwise w/o WIRELESS_EXT things break badly.
Also, while touching this code, do a cleanup and assign
dev->ieee80211_ptr to a new variable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The way I initially thought we could do wireless extensions
is by making all the compat code in cfg80211 be independent
of CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT, but this is turning out to not be
feasible. Therefore, fix the Kconfig help text and make the
option default to yes, so people won't get a nasty surprise
when mac80211 will get rid of its 'select WIRELESS_EXT' any
time now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The key todo lock can be taken from different locks
that require it to be _bh to avoid lock inversion
due to (soft)irqs.
This should fix the two problems reported by Bob and
Gabor:
http://mid.gmane.org/20090619113049.GB18956@hash.localnethttp://mid.gmane.org/4A3FA376.8020307@openwrt.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Cc: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, wext drivers cannot return NULL for stats even though
that would make the ioctl return -EOPNOTSUPP because that would
mean they are no longer listed in /proc/net/wireless. This patch
changes the wext core's behaviour to list them if they have any
wireless_handlers, but only show their stats when available, so
that drivers can start returning NULL if stats are currently not
available, reducing confusion for e.g. IBSS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of having mac80211 do it itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Only set the sizes for WEP40 and WEP104.
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It isn't very useful to scan the same channel more than once
during a given scan, and some hardware (notably iwlwifi) can
only scan a limited number of channels at a time. To prevent
any overflows, simply disallow scanning any channel multiple
times in a given scan command. This is a small change in the
userspace ABI, but the only user, wpa_supplicant, never asks
for a scan with the same frequency listed twice.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We had code for a number of files, that we didn't publish
in debugfs, fix that. Also make the agg_status file layout
more readable and add more information to it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into
skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it
in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that
drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now
accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all
drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making
them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive
function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be
optimised on its own schedule.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To ease multiple apps working together smoothly,
send a notification when a scan is started.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If there was a reason I'm passing the ifidx I cannot
remember it any more and don't see one now, so let's
just pass the pointer itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adding memory barrier after the poll_wait function, paired with
receive callbacks. Adding fuctions sock_poll_wait and sk_has_sleeper
to wrap the memory barrier.
Without the memory barrier, following race can happen.
The race fires, when following code paths meet, and the tp->rcv_nxt
and __add_wait_queue updates stay in CPU caches.
CPU1 CPU2
sys_select receive packet
... ...
__add_wait_queue update tp->rcv_nxt
... ...
tp->rcv_nxt check sock_def_readable
... {
schedule ...
if (sk->sk_sleep && waitqueue_active(sk->sk_sleep))
wake_up_interruptible(sk->sk_sleep)
...
}
If there was no cache the code would work ok, since the wait_queue and
rcv_nxt are opposit to each other.
Meaning that once tp->rcv_nxt is updated by CPU2, the CPU1 either already
passed the tp->rcv_nxt check and sleeps, or will get the new value for
tp->rcv_nxt and will return with new data mask.
In both cases the process (CPU1) is being added to the wait queue, so the
waitqueue_active (CPU2) call cannot miss and will wake up CPU1.
The bad case is when the __add_wait_queue changes done by CPU1 stay in its
cache, and so does the tp->rcv_nxt update on CPU2 side. The CPU1 will then
endup calling schedule and sleep forever if there are no more data on the
socket.
Calls to poll_wait in following modules were ommited:
net/bluetooth/af_bluetooth.c
net/irda/af_irda.c
net/irda/irnet/irnet_ppp.c
net/mac80211/rc80211_pid_debugfs.c
net/phonet/socket.c
net/rds/af_rds.c
net/rfkill/core.c
net/sunrpc/cache.c
net/sunrpc/rpc_pipe.c
net/tipc/socket.c
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using early netconsole and gianfar driver this error pops up:
netconsole: timeout waiting for carrier
It appears that net/core/netpoll.c:netpoll_setup() is using
cond_resched() in a loop waiting for a carrier.
The thing is that cond_resched() is a no-op when system_state !=
SYSTEM_RUNNING, and so drivers/net/phy/phy.c's state_queue is never
scheduled, therefore link detection doesn't work.
I belive that the main problem is in cond_resched()[1], but despite
how the cond_resched() story ends, it might be a good idea to call
msleep(1) instead of cond_resched(), as suggested by Andrew Morton.
[1] http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/7/7/463
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <avorontsov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some PHYs require longer timeouts for carrier detection, and
auto-negotiation process may take indefinite amount of time.
It may be inconvenient to force longer timeouts for sane PHYs,
so let's introduce a kernel command line option.
Since we're using module_param(), the option also can be
changed in runtime.
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <avorontsov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pawel Staszewski wrote:
<blockquote>
Some time ago i report this:
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6648
and now with 2.6.29 / 2.6.29.1 / 2.6.29.3 and 2.6.30 it back
dmesg output:
oprofile: using NMI interrupt.
Fix inflate_threshold_root. Now=15 size=11 bits
...
Fix inflate_threshold_root. Now=15 size=11 bits
cat /proc/net/fib_triestat
Basic info: size of leaf: 40 bytes, size of tnode: 56 bytes.
Main:
Aver depth: 2.28
Max depth: 6
Leaves: 276539
Prefixes: 289922
Internal nodes: 66762
1: 35046 2: 13824 3: 9508 4: 4897 5: 2331 6: 1149 7: 5
9: 1 18: 1
Pointers: 691228
Null ptrs: 347928
Total size: 35709 kB
</blockquote>
It seems, the current threshold for root resizing is too aggressive,
and it causes misleading warnings during big updates, but it might be
also responsible for memory problems, especially with non-preempt
configs, when RCU freeing is delayed long after call_rcu.
It should be also mentioned that because of non-atomic changes during
resizing/rebalancing the current lookup algorithm can miss valid leaves
so it's additional argument to shorten these activities even at a cost
of a minimally longer searching.
This patch restores values before the patch "[IPV4]: fib_trie root
node settings", commit: 965ffea43d from
v2.6.22.
Pawel's report:
<blockquote>
I dont see any big change of (cpu load or faster/slower
routing/propagating routes from bgpd or something else) - in avg there
is from 2% to 3% more of CPU load i dont know why but it is - i change
from "preempt" to "no preempt" 3 times and check this my "mpstat -P ALL
1 30"
always avg cpu load was from 2 to 3% more compared to "no preempt"
[...]
cat /proc/net/fib_triestat
Basic info: size of leaf: 20 bytes, size of tnode: 36 bytes.
Main:
Aver depth: 2.44
Max depth: 6
Leaves: 277814
Prefixes: 291306
Internal nodes: 66420
1: 32737 2: 14850 3: 10332 4: 4871 5: 2313 6: 942 7: 371 8: 3 17: 1
Pointers: 599098
Null ptrs: 254865
Total size: 18067 kB
</blockquote>
According to this and other similar reports average depth is slightly
increased (~0.2), and root nodes are shorter (log 17 vs. 18), but
there is no visible performance decrease. So, until memory handling is
improved or added parameters for changing this individually, this
patch resets to safer defaults.
Reported-by: Pawel Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Reported-by: Jorge Boncompte [DTI2] <jorge@dti2.net>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Pawel Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If rix is not found in mi->r[], i will become -1 after the loop. This value
is eventually used to access arrays, so we were accessing arrays with a
negative index, which is obviously not what we want to do. This patch fixes
this potential problem.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The code in cfg80211's cfg80211_bss_update erroneously
grabs a reference to the BSS, which means that it will
never be freed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.29, 2.6.30]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Don't forget to unlock cfg80211_mutex in one fail path of
nl80211_set_wiphy.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The routine ipv6_rcv() uses magic number 0 for a return when it drops a
packet. This corresponds to NET_RX_SUCCESS, which is obviously
incorrect. Correct this by using NET_RX_DROP instead.
ps. It isn't exactly clear who the IPv6 maintainers are, apologies if
I've missed any.
Signed-off-by: Mark Smith <markzzzsmith@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts the remaining occurences of raw return values to their
symbolic counterparts in ndo_start_xmit() functions that were missed by the
previous automatic conversion.
Additionally code that assumed the symbolic value of NETDEV_TX_OK to be zero
is changed to explicitly use NETDEV_TX_OK.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No functional change -- just for easier reading.
Signed-off-by: Cyrill Gorcunov <gorcunov@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows a TIPC application to determine the number of messages
currently waiting in a socket's receive queue (TIPC_SOCK_RECVQ_DEPTH) or
in all TIPC socket receive queues (TIPC_NODE_RECVQ_DEPTH).
Signed-off-by: Oscar Medina <oscar.medina@motorola.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is the result of an automatic spatch transformation to convert
all ndo_start_xmit() return values of 0 to NETDEV_TX_OK.
Some occurences are missed by the automatic conversion, those will be
handled in a seperate patch.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
almost no users in the tree; and the few that use them treat them
like NET_RX_DROP.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bit that tells us whether a statistics counter snapshot operation
has completed is located in the GLOBAL register block, not in the
GLOBAL2 register block, so fix up mv88e6xxx_stats_wait() to poll the
right register address.
Signed-off-by: Stephane Contri <Stephane.Contri@grassvalley.com>
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a bug in addrconf_prefix_rcv() where it won't update the
preferred lifetime of an IPv6 address if the current valid lifetime
of the address is less than 2 hours (the minimum value in the RA).
For example, If I send a router advertisement with a prefix that
has valid lifetime = preferred lifetime = 2 hours we'll build
this address:
3: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qlen 1000
inet6 2001:1890:1109:a20:217:8ff:fe7d:4718/64 scope global dynamic
valid_lft 7175sec preferred_lft 7175sec
If I then send the same prefix with valid lifetime = preferred
lifetime = 0 it will be ignored since the minimum valid lifetime
is 2 hours:
3: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qlen 1000
inet6 2001:1890:1109:a20:217:8ff:fe7d:4718/64 scope global dynamic
valid_lft 7161sec preferred_lft 7161sec
But according to RFC 4862 we should always reset the preferred lifetime
even if the valid lifetime is invalid, which would cause the address
to immediately get deprecated. So with this patch we'd see this:
5: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qlen 1000
inet6 2001:1890:1109:a20:21f:29ff:fe5a:ef04/64 scope global deprecated dynamic
valid_lft 7163sec preferred_lft 0sec
The comment winds-up being 5x the size of the code to fix the problem.
Update the preferred lifetime of IPv6 addresses derived from a prefix
info option in a router advertisement even if the valid lifetime in
the option is invalid, as specified in RFC 4862 Section 5.5.3e. Fixes
an issue where an address will not immediately become deprecated.
Reported by Jens Rosenboom.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SCTP pushed the skb above the sctp chunk header, so the
check of pskb_may_pull(skb, nh + offset + 1 - skb->data) in
_decode_session6() will never return 0 and the ports decode
of sctp will always fail. (nh + offset + 1 - skb->data < 0)
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SCTP pushed the skb data above the sctp chunk header, so the check
of pskb_may_pull(skb, xprth + 4 - skb->data) in _decode_session4() will
never return 0 because xprth + 4 - skb->data < 0, the ports decode of
sctp will always fail.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull linus#master to merge PER_CPU_DEF_ATTRIBUTES and alpha build fix
changes. As alpha in percpu tree uses 'weak' attribute instead of
inline assembly, there's no need for __used attribute.
Conflicts:
arch/alpha/include/asm/percpu.h
arch/mn10300/kernel/vmlinux.lds.S
include/linux/percpu-defs.h
ib_alloc_fast_reg_mr() and ib_alloc_fast_reg_page_list() returns
ERR_PTR() and not NULL. Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
It is not safe to use match_int without checking the token type returned
by match_token (especially when the token type returned is Opt_err and
args is empty). Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Kulkarni <adkulkar@umail.iu.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 73ce7b01b4.
After discovering that we don't listen to gratuitious arps in 2.6.30
I tracked the failure down to this commit.
The patch makes absolutely no sense. RFC2131 RFC3927 and RFC5227.
are all in agreement that an arp request with sip == 0 should be used
for the probe (to prevent learning) and an arp request with sip == tip
should be used for the gratitous announcement that people can learn
from.
It appears the author of the broken patch got those two cases confused
and modified the code to drop all gratuitous arp traffic. Ouch!
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alas current delaying of freeing old tnodes by RCU in trie_rebalance
is still not enough because we can free a top tnode before updating a
t->trie pointer.
Reported-by: Pawel Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Tested-by: Pawel Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 'net: skb->dst accessors'(adf30907d6)
broken the sctp protocol stack, the sctp packet can never be sent out after
Eric Dumazet's patch, which have typo in the sctp code.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladisalv.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clean up to use xfrm_addr_cmp() instead of compare addresses directly.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a socket starts out on a non-TSO route, and then switches to
a TSO route, then we will tack on data to the tail of the tx queue
even if it started out life as non-TSO. This is suboptimal because
all of it will then be copied and checksummed unnecessarily.
This patch fixes this by ensuring that skb->ip_summed is set to
CHECKSUM_PARTIAL before appending extra data beyond the MSS.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a socket starts out on a non-TSO route, and then switches to
a TSO route, then the tail on the tx queue can morph into a TSO
packet, causing mischief because the rest of the stack does not
expect a partially linear TSO packet.
This patch fixes this by ensuring that skb->ip_summed is set to
CHECKSUM_PARTIAL before declaring a packet as TSO.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee802154_nl_get_dev() lacks check for the existance of the device
that was returned by dev_get_XXX, thus resulting in Oops for non-existing
devices. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
As reported by Philip, the UNTRACKED state bit does not fit within
the 8-bit state_mask member. Enlarge state_mask and give status_mask
a few more bits too.
Reported-by: Philip Craig <philipc@snapgear.com>
References: http://markmail.org/thread/b7eg6aovfh4agyz7
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When NAT helpers change the TCP packet size, the highest seen sequence
number needs to be corrected. This is currently only done upwards, when
the packet size is reduced the sequence number is unchanged. This causes
TCP conntrack to falsely detect unacknowledged data and decrease the
timeout.
Fix by updating the highest seen sequence number in both directions after
packet mangling.
Tested-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When NAPI is disabled while we're in net_rx_action, we end up
calling __napi_complete without flushing GRO packets. This is
a bug as it would cause the GRO packets to linger, of course it
also literally BUGs to catch error like this :)
This patch changes it to napi_complete, with the obligatory IRQ
reenabling. This should be safe because we've only just disabled
IRQs and it does not materially affect the test conditions in
between.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As transparent proxying looks up the socket early and assigns
it to the skb for later processing, we must drop any existing
socket ownership prior to that in order to distinguish between
the case where tproxy is active and where it is not.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mac80211 module uses rcu_call() thus it should use rcu_barrier()
on module unload.
The rcu_barrier() is placed in mech.c ieee80211_stop_mesh() which is
invoked from ieee80211_stop() in case vif.type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT.
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sunrpc module uses rcu_call() thus it should use rcu_barrier() on
module unload.
Have not verified that the possibility for new call_rcu() callbacks
has been disabled. As a hint for checking, the functions calling
call_rcu() (unx_destroy_cred and generic_destroy_cred) are
registered as crdestroy function pointer in struct rpc_credops.
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When unloading modules that uses call_rcu() callbacks, then we must
use rcu_barrier(). This module uses syncronize_net() which is not
enough to be sure that all callback has been completed.
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv6 module uses rcu_call() thus it should use rcu_barrier() on
module unload.
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The decnet module unloading as been disabled with a '#if 0' statement,
because it have had issues.
We add a rcu_barrier() anyhow for correctness.
The maintainer (Chrissie Caulfield) will look into the unload issue
when time permits.
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Chrissie Caulfield <christine.caulfield@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid showing wrong high values when the preferred lifetime of an address
is expired.
Signed-off-by: Jens Rosenboom <me@jayr.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC0793 defined that in FIN-WAIT-2 state if the ACK bit is off drop
the segment and return[Page 72]. But this check is missing in function
tcp_timewait_state_process(). This cause the segment with FIN flag but
no ACK has two diffent action:
Case 1:
Node A Node B
<------------- FIN,ACK
(enter FIN-WAIT-1)
ACK ------------->
(enter FIN-WAIT-2)
FIN -------------> discard
(move sk to tw list)
Case 2:
Node A Node B
<------------- FIN,ACK
(enter FIN-WAIT-1)
ACK ------------->
(enter FIN-WAIT-2)
(move sk to tw list)
FIN ------------->
<------------- ACK
This patch fixed the problem.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RCU barriers, rcu_barrier(), is inserted two places.
In nf_conntrack_expect.c nf_conntrack_expect_fini() before the
kmem_cache_destroy(). Firstly to make sure the callback to the
nf_ct_expect_free_rcu() code is still around. Secondly because I'm
unsure about the consequence of having in flight
nf_ct_expect_free_rcu/kmem_cache_free() calls while doing a
kmem_cache_destroy() slab destroy.
And in nf_conntrack_extend.c nf_ct_extend_unregister(), inorder to
wait for completion of callbacks to __nf_ct_ext_free_rcu(), which is
invoked by __nf_ct_ext_add(). It might be more efficient to call
rcu_barrier() in nf_conntrack_core.c nf_conntrack_cleanup_net(), but
thats make it more difficult to read the code (as the callback code
in located in nf_conntrack_extend.c).
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Netlink address deletion events were not sent when a network device
vanished neither when Phonet was unloaded.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our CAST algorithm is called cast5, not cast128. Clearly nobody
has ever used it :)
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6:
bnx2: Fix the behavior of ethtool when ONBOOT=no
qla3xxx: Don't sleep while holding lock.
qla3xxx: Give the PHY time to come out of reset.
ipv4 routing: Ensure that route cache entries are usable and reclaimable with caching is off
net: Move rx skb_orphan call to where needed
ipv6: Use correct data types for ICMPv6 type and code
net: let KS8842 driver depend on HAS_IOMEM
can: let SJA1000 driver depend on HAS_IOMEM
netxen: fix firmware init handshake
netxen: fix build with without CONFIG_PM
netfilter: xt_rateest: fix comparison with self
netfilter: xt_quota: fix incomplete initialization
netfilter: nf_log: fix direct userspace memory access in proc handler
netfilter: fix some sparse endianess warnings
netfilter: nf_conntrack: fix conntrack lookup race
netfilter: nf_conntrack: fix confirmation race condition
netfilter: nf_conntrack: death_by_timeout() fix
Percpu variable definition is about to be updated such that all percpu
symbols including the static ones must be unique. Update percpu
variable definitions accordingly.
* as,cfq: rename ioc_count uniquely
* cpufreq: rename cpu_dbs_info uniquely
* xen: move nesting_count out of xen_evtchn_do_upcall() and rename it
* mm: move ratelimits out of balance_dirty_pages_ratelimited_nr() and
rename it
* ipv4,6: rename cookie_scratch uniquely
* x86 perf_counter: rename prev_left to pmc_prev_left, irq_entry to
pmc_irq_entry and nmi_entry to pmc_nmi_entry
* perf_counter: rename disable_count to perf_disable_count
* ftrace: rename test_event_disable to ftrace_test_event_disable
* kmemleak: rename test_pointer to kmemleak_test_pointer
* mce: rename next_interval to mce_next_interval
[ Impact: percpu usage cleanups, no duplicate static percpu var names ]
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ivan Kokshaysky <ink@jurassic.park.msu.ru>
Cc: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Cc: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@xensource.com>
Cc: linux-mm <linux-mm@kvack.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <srostedt@redhat.com>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <andi@firstfloor.org>
There are a few places where ___cacheline_aligned* is used with
DEFINE_PER_CPU(). Use DEFINE_PER_CPU_SHARED_ALIGNED() instead.
DEFINE_PER_CPU_SHARED_ALIGNED() applies alignment only on SMPs. While
all other converted places used _in_smp variant or only get compiled
for SMP, net/rds used unconditional ____cacheline_aligned. I don't
see any reason these data structures should be aligned on UP and thus
converted together.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Currently, the following three different ways to define percpu arrays
are in use.
1. DEFINE_PER_CPU(elem_type[array_len], array_name);
2. DEFINE_PER_CPU(elem_type, array_name[array_len]);
3. DEFINE_PER_CPU(elem_type, array_name)[array_len];
Unify to #1 which correctly separates the roles of the two parameters
and thus allows more flexibility in the way percpu variables are
defined.
[ Impact: cleanup ]
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@xensource.com>
Cc: linux-mm@kvack.org
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When route caching is disabled (rt_caching returns false), We still use route
cache entries that are created and passed into rt_intern_hash once. These
routes need to be made usable for the one call path that holds a reference to
them, and they need to be reclaimed when they're finished with their use. To be
made usable, they need to be associated with a neighbor table entry (which they
currently are not), otherwise iproute_finish2 just discards the packet, since we
don't know which L2 peer to send the packet to. To do this binding, we need to
follow the path a bit higher up in rt_intern_hash, which calls
arp_bind_neighbour, but not assign the route entry to the hash table.
Currently, if caching is off, we simply assign the route to the rp pointer and
are reutrn success. This patch associates us with a neighbor entry first.
Secondly, we need to make sure that any single use routes like this are known to
the garbage collector when caching is off. If caching is off, and we try to
hash in a route, it will leak when its refcount reaches zero. To avoid this,
this patch calls rt_free on the route cache entry passed into rt_intern_hash.
This places us on the gc list for the route cache garbage collector, so that
when its refcount reaches zero, it will be reclaimed (Thanks to Alexey for this
suggestion).
I've tested this on a local system here, and with these patches in place, I'm
able to maintain routed connectivity to remote systems, even if I set
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/rt_cache_rebuild_count to -1, which forces rt_caching to
return false.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Maxime Bizon <mbizon@freebox.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to get the tun driver to account packets, we need to be
able to receive packets with destructors set. To be on the safe
side, I added an skb_orphan call for all protocols by default since
some of them (IP in particular) cannot handle receiving packets
destructors properly.
Now it seems that at least one protocol (CAN) expects to be able
to pass skb->sk through the rx path without getting clobbered.
So this patch attempts to fix this properly by moving the skb_orphan
call to where it's actually needed. In particular, I've added it
to skb_set_owner_[rw] which is what most users of skb->destructor
call.
This is actually an improvement for tun too since it means that
we only give back the amount charged to the socket when the skb
is passed to another socket that will also be charged accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <olver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change all the code that deals directly with ICMPv6 type and code
values to use u8 instead of a signed int as that's the actual data
type.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-2.6.31' of git://fieldses.org/git/linux-nfsd: (60 commits)
SUNRPC: Fix the TCP server's send buffer accounting
nfsd41: Backchannel: minorversion support for the back channel
nfsd41: Backchannel: cleanup nfs4.0 callback encode routines
nfsd41: Remove ip address collision detection case
nfsd: optimise the starting of zero threads when none are running.
nfsd: don't take nfsd_mutex twice when setting number of threads.
nfsd41: sanity check client drc maxreqs
nfsd41: move channel attributes from nfsd4_session to a nfsd4_channel_attr struct
NFS: kill off complicated macro 'PROC'
sunrpc: potential memory leak in function rdma_read_xdr
nfsd: minor nfsd_vfs_write cleanup
nfsd: Pull write-gathering code out of nfsd_vfs_write
nfsd: track last inode only in use_wgather case
sunrpc: align cache_clean work's timer
nfsd: Use write gathering only with NFSv2
NFSv4: kill off complicated macro 'PROC'
NFSv4: do exact check about attribute specified
knfsd: remove unreported filehandle stats counters
knfsd: fix reply cache memory corruption
knfsd: reply cache cleanups
...
* 'for-2.6.31' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6: (128 commits)
nfs41: sunrpc: xprt_alloc_bc_request() should not use spin_lock_bh()
nfs41: Move initialization of nfs4_opendata seq_res to nfs4_init_opendata_res
nfs: remove unnecessary NFS_INO_INVALID_ACL checks
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
NFS: Invalid mount option values should always fail, even with "sloppy"
NFS: Remove unused XDR decoder functions
NFS: Update MNT and MNT3 reply decoding functions
NFS: add XDR decoder for mountd version 3 auth-flavor lists
NFS: add new file handle decoders to in-kernel mountd client
NFS: Add separate mountd status code decoders for each mountd version
NFS: remove unused function in fs/nfs/mount_clnt.c
NFS: Use xdr_stream-based XDR encoder for MNT's dirpath argument
NFS: Clean up MNT program definitions
lockd: Don't bother with RPC ping for NSM upcalls
lockd: Update NSM state from SM_MON replies
NFS: Fix false error return from nfs_callback_up() if ipv6.ko is not available
NFS: Return error code from nfs_callback_up() to user space
NFS: Do not display the setting of the "intr" mount option
NFS: add support for splice writes
nfs41: Backchannel: CB_SEQUENCE validation
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (43 commits)
via-velocity: Fix velocity driver unmapping incorrect size.
mlx4_en: Remove redundant refill code on RX
mlx4_en: Removed redundant check on lso header size
mlx4_en: Cancel port_up check in transmit function
mlx4_en: using stop/start_all_queues
mlx4_en: Removed redundant skb->len check
mlx4_en: Counting all the dropped packets on the TX side
usbnet cdc_subset: fix issues talking to PXA gadgets
Net: qla3xxx, remove sleeping in atomic
ipv4: fix NULL pointer + success return in route lookup path
isdn: clean up documentation index
cfg80211: validate station settings
cfg80211: allow setting station parameters in mesh
cfg80211: allow adding/deleting stations on mesh
ath5k: fix beacon_int handling
MAINTAINERS: Fix Atheros pattern paths
ath9k: restore PS mode, before we put the chip into FULL SLEEP state.
ath9k: wait for beacon frame along with CAB
acer-wmi: fix rfkill conversion
ath5k: avoid PCI FATAL interrupts by restoring RETRY_TIMEOUT disabling
...
As noticed by Trk Edwin <edwintorok@gmail.com>:
Compiling the kernel with clang has shown this warning:
net/netfilter/xt_rateest.c:69:16: warning: self-comparison always results in a
constant value
ret &= pps2 == pps2;
^
Looking at the code:
if (info->flags & XT_RATEEST_MATCH_BPS)
ret &= bps1 == bps2;
if (info->flags & XT_RATEEST_MATCH_PPS)
ret &= pps2 == pps2;
Judging from the MATCH_BPS case it seems to be a typo, with the intention of
comparing pps1 with pps2.
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13535
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Commit v2.6.29-rc5-872-gacc738f ("xtables: avoid pointer to self")
forgot to copy the initial quota value supplied by iptables into the
private structure, thus counting from whatever was in the memory
kmalloc returned.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
net/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.c:46:9: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.c:46:9: expected unsigned int [unsigned] [usertype] ipaddr
net/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.c:46:9: got restricted unsigned int
net/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.c:68:10: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.c:68:10: expected unsigned int [unsigned] <noident>
net/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.c:68:10: got restricted unsigned int
net/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.c:69:10: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.c:69:10: expected unsigned int [unsigned] <noident>
net/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.c:69:10: got restricted unsigned int
net/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.c:70:10: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.c:70:10: expected unsigned int [unsigned] <noident>
net/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.c:70:10: got restricted unsigned int
net/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.c:71:10: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.c:71:10: expected unsigned int [unsigned] <noident>
net/netfilter/xt_NFQUEUE.c:71:10: got restricted unsigned int
net/netfilter/xt_cluster.c:20:55: warning: incorrect type in return expression (different base types)
net/netfilter/xt_cluster.c:20:55: expected unsigned int
net/netfilter/xt_cluster.c:20:55: got restricted unsigned int const [usertype] ip
net/netfilter/xt_cluster.c:20:55: warning: incorrect type in return expression (different base types)
net/netfilter/xt_cluster.c:20:55: expected unsigned int
net/netfilter/xt_cluster.c:20:55: got restricted unsigned int const [usertype] ip
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The RCU protected conntrack hash lookup only checks whether the entry
has a refcount of zero to decide whether it is stale. This is not
sufficient, entries are explicitly removed while there is at least
one reference left, possibly more. Explicitly check whether the entry
has been marked as dying to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
New connection tracking entries are inserted into the hash before they
are fully set up, namely the CONFIRMED bit is not set and the timer not
started yet. This can theoretically lead to a race with timer, which
would set the timeout value to a relative value, most likely already in
the past.
Perform hash insertion as the final step to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
death_by_timeout() might delete a conntrack from hash list
and insert it in dying list.
nf_ct_delete_from_lists(ct);
nf_ct_insert_dying_list(ct);
I believe a (lockless) reader could *catch* ct while doing a lookup
and miss the end of its chain.
(nulls lookup algo must check the null value at the end of lookup and
should restart if the null value is not the expected one.
cf Documentation/RCU/rculist_nulls.txt for details)
We need to change nf_conntrack_init_net() and use a different "null" value,
guaranteed not being used in regular lists. Choose very large values, since
hash table uses [0..size-1] null values.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
xprt_alloc_bc_request() is always called in soft interrupt context.
Grab the spin_lock instead of the bottom half spin_lock. Softirqs
do not preempt other softirqs running on the same processor, so there
is no need to disable bottom halves.
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Don't drop route if we're not caching
I recently got a report of an oops on a route lookup. Maxime was
testing what would happen if route caching was turned off (doing so by setting
making rt_caching always return 0), and found that it triggered an oops. I
looked at it and found that the problem stemmed from the fact that the route
lookup routines were returning success from their lookup paths (which is good),
but never set the **rp pointer to anything (which is bad). This happens because
in rt_intern_hash, if rt_caching returns false, we call rt_drop and return 0.
This almost emulates slient success. What we should be doing is assigning *rp =
rt and _not_ dropping the route. This way, during slow path lookups, when we
create a new route cache entry, we don't immediately discard it, rather we just
don't add it into the cache hash table, but we let this one lookup use it for
the purpose of this route request. Maxime has tested and reports it prevents
the oops. There is still a subsequent routing issue that I'm looking into
further, but I'm confident that, even if its related to this same path, this
patch makes sense to take.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I disallowed interfering with stations on non-AP interfaces,
I not only forget mesh but also managed interfaces which need
this for the authorized flag. Let's actually validate everything
properly.
This fixes an nl80211 regression introduced by the interfering,
under which wpa_supplicant -Dnl80211 could not properly connect.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh Point interfaces can also set parameters, for example plink_open is
used to manually establish peer links from user-space (currently via
iw). Add Mesh Point to the check in nl80211_set_station.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit b2a151a288 added a check that prevents adding or deleting
stations on non-AP interfaces. Adding and deleting stations is
supported for Mesh Point interfaces, so add Mesh Point to that check as
well.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This information allows userspace to implement a hybrid policy where
it can store the rfkill soft-blocked state in platform non-volatile
storage if available, and if not then file-based storage can be used.
Some users prefer platform non-volatile storage because of the behaviour
when dual-booting multiple versions of Linux, or if the rfkill setting
is changed in the BIOS setting screens, or if the BIOS responds to
wireless-toggle hotkeys itself before the relevant platform driver has
been loaded.
Signed-off-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Acked-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The setting of the "persistent" flag is also made more explicit using
a new rfkill_init_sw_state() function, instead of special-casing
rfkill_set_sw_state() when it is called before registration.
Suspend is a bit of a corner case so we try to get away without adding
another hack to rfkill-input - it's going to be removed soon.
If the state does change over suspend, users will simply have to prod
rfkill-input twice in order to toggle the state.
Userspace policy agents will be able to implement a more consistent user
experience. For example, they can avoid the above problem if they
toggle devices individually. Then there would be no "global state"
to get out of sync.
Currently there are only two rfkill drivers with persistent soft-blocked
state. thinkpad-acpi already checks the software state on resume.
eeepc-laptop will require modification.
Signed-off-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
CC: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If we return after fiddling with the state, userspace will see the
wrong state and rfkill_set_sw_state() won't work until the next call to
rfkill_set_block(). At the moment rfkill_set_block() will always be
called from rfkill_resume(), but this will change in future.
Also, presumably the point of this test is to avoid bothering devices
which may be suspended. If we don't want to call set_block(), we
probably don't want to call query() either :-).
Signed-off-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use print_hex_dump_bytes instead of self-written dumping function
for outputting packet dumps.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the iucv message limit for a communication path is exceeded,
sendmsg() returns -EAGAIN instead of -EPIPE.
The calling application can then handle this error situtation,
e.g. to try again after waiting some time.
For blocking sockets, sendmsg() waits up to the socket timeout
before returning -EAGAIN. For the new wait condition, a macro
has been introduced and the iucv_sock_wait_state() has been
refactored to this macro.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the if condition to exit sendmsg() if the socket in not connected.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the sunrpc server is refusing to allow us to process new RPC
calls if the TCP send buffer is 2/3 full, even if we do actually have
enough free space to guarantee that we can send another request.
The following patch fixes svc_tcp_has_wspace() so that we only stop
processing requests if we know that the socket buffer cannot possibly fit
another reply.
It also fixes the tcp write_space() callback so that we only clear the
SOCK_NOSPACE flag when the TCP send buffer is less than 2/3 full.
This should ensure that the send window will grow as per the standard TCP
socket code.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (55 commits)
netxen: fix tx ring accounting
netxen: fix detection of cut-thru firmware mode
forcedeth: fix dma api mismatches
atm: sk_wmem_alloc initial value is one
net: correct off-by-one write allocations reports
via-velocity : fix no link detection on boot
Net / e100: Fix suspend of devices that cannot be power managed
TI DaVinci EMAC : Fix rmmod error
net: group address list and its count
ipv4: Fix fib_trie rebalancing, part 2
pkt_sched: Update drops stats in act_police
sky2: version 1.23
sky2: add GRO support
sky2: skb recycling
sky2: reduce default transmit ring
sky2: receive counter update
sky2: fix shutdown synchronization
sky2: PCI irq issues
sky2: more receive shutdown
sky2: turn off pause during shutdown
...
Manually fix trivial conflict in net/core/skbuff.c due to kmemcheck
commit 2b85a34e91
(net: No more expensive sock_hold()/sock_put() on each tx)
changed initial sk_wmem_alloc value.
This broke net/atm since this protocol assumed a null
initial value. This patch makes necessary changes.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 2b85a34e91
(net: No more expensive sock_hold()/sock_put() on each tx)
changed initial sk_wmem_alloc value.
We need to take into account this offset when reporting
sk_wmem_alloc to user, in PROC_FS files or various
ioctls (SIOCOUTQ/TIOCOUTQ)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is inspired by patch recently posted by Johannes Berg. Basically what
my patch does is to group list and a count of addresses into newly introduced
structure netdev_hw_addr_list. This brings us two benefits:
1) struct net_device becames a bit nicer.
2) in the future there will be a possibility to operate with lists independently
on netdevices (with exporting right functions).
I wanted to introduce this patch before I'll post a multicast lists conversion.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
drivers/net/bnx2.c | 4 +-
drivers/net/e1000/e1000_main.c | 4 +-
drivers/net/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.c | 6 +-
drivers/net/mv643xx_eth.c | 2 +-
drivers/net/niu.c | 4 +-
drivers/net/virtio_net.c | 10 ++--
drivers/s390/net/qeth_l2_main.c | 2 +-
include/linux/netdevice.h | 17 +++--
net/core/dev.c | 130 ++++++++++++++++++--------------------
9 files changed, 89 insertions(+), 90 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My previous patch, which explicitly delays freeing of tnodes by adding
them to the list to flush them after the update is finished, isn't
strict enough. It treats exceptionally tnodes without parent, assuming
they are newly created, so "invisible" for the read side yet.
But the top tnode doesn't have parent as well, so we have to exclude
all exceptions (at least until a better way is found). Additionally we
need to move rcu assignment of this node before flushing, so the
return type of the trie_rebalance() function is changed.
Reported-by: Yan Zheng <zheng.yan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Action police statistics could be misleading because drops are not
shown when expected.
With feedback from: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Reported-by: Pawel Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The skb mac_header field is sometimes NULL (or ~0u) as a sentinel
value. The places where skb is expanded add an offset which would
change this flag into an invalid pointer (or offset).
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looking at the crash in log_martians(), one suspect is that the check for
mac header being set is not correct. The value of mac_header defaults to
0 on allocation, therefore skb_mac_header_was_set will always be true on
platforms using NET_SKBUFF_USES_OFFSET.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'rq_received' member of 'struct rpc_rqst' is used to track when we
have received a reply to our request. With v4.1, the backchannel
can now accept callback requests over the existing connection. Rename
this field to make it clear that it is only used for tracking reply bytes
and not all bytes received on the connection.
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Obtain the rpc_xprt from the rpc_rqst so that calls and callback replies
can both use the same code path. A client needs the rpc_xprt in order
to reply to a callback.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Iyer <iyer@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <ricardo.labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
This svc_xprt is passed on to the callback service thread to be later used
to processes incoming svc_rqst's
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
For nfs41 callbacks we need an svc_xprt to process requests coming up the
backchannel socket as rpc_rqst's that are transformed into svc_rqst's that
need a rq_xprt to be processed.
The svc_{udp,tcp}_create methods are too heavy for this job as svc_create_socket
creates an actual socket to listen on while for nfs41 we're "reusing" the
fore channel's socket.
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Implement the NFSv4.1 backchannel service. Invokes the common callback
processing logic svc_process_common() to authenticate the call and
dispatch the appropriate NFSv4.1 XDR decoder and operation procedure.
It then invokes bc_send() to send the reply over the same connection.
bc_send() is implemented in a separate patch.
At this time there is no slot validation or reply cache handling.
[nfs41: Preallocate rpc_rqst receive buffer for handling callbacks]
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[Move bc_svc_process() declaration to correct patch]
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
net/sunrpc/svc.c:svc_process() is used by the NFSv4 callback service
to process RPC requests arriving over connections initiated by the
server. NFSv4.1 supports callbacks over the backchannel on connections
initiated by the client. This patch refactors svc_process() so that
common code can also be used by the backchannel.
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <ricardo.labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Executes the backchannel task on the RPC state machine using
the existing open connection previously established by the client.
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <ricardo.labiaga@netapp.com>
nfs41: Add bc_svc.o to sunrpc Makefile.
[nfs41: bc_send() does not need to be exported outside RPC module]
[nfs41: xprt_free_bc_request() need not be exported outside RPC module]
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[Update copyright]
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Adds rpc_run_bc_task() which is called by the NFS callback service to
process backchannel requests. It performs similar work to rpc_run_task()
though "schedules" the backchannel task to be executed starting at the
call_trasmit state in the RPC state machine.
It also introduces some miscellaneous updates to the argument validation,
call_transmit, and transport cleanup functions to take into account
that there are now forechannel and backchannel tasks.
Backchannel requests do not carry an RPC message structure, since the
payload has already been XDR encoded using the existing NFSv4 callback
mechanism.
Introduce a new transmit state for the client to reply on to backchannel
requests. This new state simply reserves the transport and issues the
reply. In case of a connection related error, disconnects the transport and
drops the reply. It requires the forechannel to re-establish the connection
and the server to retransmit the request, as stated in NFSv4.1 section
2.9.2 "Client and Server Transport Behavior".
Note: There is no need to loop attempting to reserve the transport. If EAGAIN
is returned by xprt_prepare_transmit(), return with tk_status == 0,
setting tk_action to call_bc_transmit. rpc_execute() will invoke it again
after the task is taken off the sleep queue.
[nfs41: rpc_run_bc_task() need not be exported outside RPC module]
[nfs41: New call_bc_transmit RPC state]
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[nfs41: Backchannel: No need to loop in call_bc_transmit()]
Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[rpc_count_iostats incorrectly exits early]
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[Convert rpc_reply_expected() to inline function]
[Remove unnecessary BUG_ON()]
[Rename variable]
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
In the case of -EADDRNOTAVAIL and/or unhandled connection errors, we want
to get rid of the existing socket and retry immediately, just as the
comment says. Currently we end up sleeping for a minute, due to the missing
"break" statement.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Handles RPC replies and backchannel callbacks. Traditionally the NFS
client has expected only RPC replies on its open connections. With
NFSv4.1, callbacks can arrive over an existing open connection.
This patch refactors the old xs_tcp_read_request() into an RPC reply handler:
xs_tcp_read_reply(), a new backchannel callback handler: xs_tcp_read_callback(),
and a common routine to read the data off the transport: xs_tcp_read_common().
The new xs_tcp_read_callback() queues callback requests onto a queue where
the callback service (a separate thread) is listening for the processing.
This patch incorporates work and suggestions from Rahul Iyer (iyer@netapp.com)
and Benny Halevy (bhalevy@panasas.com).
xs_tcp_read_callback() drops the connection when the number of expected
callbacks is exceeded. Use xprt_force_disconnect(), ensuring tasks on
the pending queue are awaken on disconnect.
[nfs41: Keep track of RPC call/reply direction with a flag]
[nfs41: Preallocate rpc_rqst receive buffer for handling callbacks]
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <ricardo.labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[nfs41: sunrpc: xs_tcp_read_callback() should use xprt_force_disconnect()]
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[Moves embedded #ifdefs into #ifdef function blocks]
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
This patch introduces support to setup the callback xprt on the client side.
It allocates/ destroys the preallocated memory structures used to process
backchannel requests.
At setup time, xprt_setup_backchannel() is invoked to allocate one or
more rpc_rqst structures and substructures. This ensures that they
are available when an RPC callback arrives. The rpc_rqst structures
are maintained in a linked list attached to the rpc_xprt structure.
We keep track of the number of allocations so that they can be correctly
removed when the channel is destroyed.
When an RPC callback arrives, xprt_alloc_bc_request() is invoked to
obtain a preallocated rpc_rqst structure. An rpc_xprt structure is
returned, and its RPC_BC_PREALLOC_IN_USE bit is set in
rpc_xprt->bc_flags. The structure is removed from the the list
since it is now in use, and it will be later added back when its
user is done with it.
After the RPC callback replies, the rpc_rqst structure is returned
by invoking xprt_free_bc_request(). This clears the
RPC_BC_PREALLOC_IN_USE bit and adds it back to the list, allowing it
to be reused by a subsequent RPC callback request.
To be consistent with the reception of RPC messages, the backchannel requests
should be placed into the 'struct rpc_rqst' rq_rcv_buf, which is then in turn
copied to the 'struct rpc_rqst' rq_private_buf.
[nfs41: Preallocate rpc_rqst receive buffer for handling callbacks]
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[Update copyright notice and explain page allocation]
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Reading and storing the RPC direction is a three step process.
1. xs_tcp_read_calldir() reads the RPC direction, but it will not store it
in the XDR buffer since the 'struct rpc_rqst' is not yet available.
2. The 'struct rpc_rqst' is obtained during the TCP_RCV_COPY_DATA state.
This state need not necessarily be preceeded by the TCP_RCV_READ_CALLDIR.
For example, we may be reading a continuation packet to a large reply.
Therefore, we can't simply obtain the 'struct rpc_rqst' during the
TCP_RCV_READ_CALLDIR state and assume it's available during TCP_RCV_COPY_DATA.
This patch adds a new TCP_RCV_READ_CALLDIR flag to indicate the need to
read the RPC direction. It then uses TCP_RCV_COPY_CALLDIR to indicate the
RPC direction needs to be saved after the 'struct rpc_rqst' has been allocated.
3. The 'struct rpc_rqst' is obtained by the xs_tcp_read_data() helper
functions. xs_tcp_read_common() then saves the RPC direction in the XDR
buffer if TCP_RCV_COPY_CALLDIR is set. This will happen when we're reading
the data immediately after the direction was read. xs_tcp_read_common()
then clears this flag.
[was nfs41: Skip past the RPC call direction]
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[nfs41: sunrpc: Add RPC direction back into the XDR buffer]
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[nfs41: sunrpc: Don't skip past the RPC call direction]
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
NFSv4.1 callbacks can arrive over an existing connection. This patch adds
the logic to read the RPC call direction (call or reply). It does this by
updating the state machine to look for the call direction invoking
xs_tcp_read_calldir(...) after reading the XID.
[nfs41: Keep track of RPC call/reply direction with a flag]
As per 11/14/08 review of RFC 53/85.
Add a new flag to track whether the incoming message is an RPC call or an
RPC reply. TCP_RPC_REPLY is set in the 'struct sock_xprt' tcp_flags in
xs_tcp_read_calldir() if the message is an RPC reply sent on the forechannel.
It is cleared if the message is an RPC request sent on the back channel.
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
commit 2b85a34e91
(net: No more expensive sock_hold()/sock_put() on each tx)
changed initial sk_wmem_alloc value.
Some protocols check sk_wmem_alloc value to determine if a timer
must delay socket deallocation. We must take care of the sk_wmem_alloc
value being one instead of zero when no write allocations are pending.
Reported by Ingo Molnar, and full diagnostic from David Miller.
This patch introduces three helpers to get read/write allocations
and a followup patch will use these helpers to report correct
write allocations to user.
Reported-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Connections that have seen a connection-level abort should not be reused
as the far end will just abort them again; instead a new connection
should be made.
Connection-level aborts occur due to such things as authentication
failures.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* akpm: (182 commits)
fbdev: bf54x-lq043fb: use kzalloc over kmalloc/memset
fbdev: *bfin*: fix __dev{init,exit} markings
fbdev: *bfin*: drop unnecessary calls to memset
fbdev: bfin-t350mcqb-fb: drop unused local variables
fbdev: blackfin has __raw I/O accessors, so use them in fb.h
fbdev: s1d13xxxfb: add accelerated bitblt functions
tcx: use standard fields for framebuffer physical address and length
fbdev: add support for handoff from firmware to hw framebuffers
intelfb: fix a bug when changing video timing
fbdev: use framebuffer_release() for freeing fb_info structures
radeon: P2G2CLK_ALWAYS_ONb tested twice, should 2nd be P2G2CLK_DAC_ALWAYS_ONb?
s3c-fb: CPUFREQ frequency scaling support
s3c-fb: fix resource releasing on error during probing
carminefb: fix possible access beyond end of carmine_modedb[]
acornfb: remove fb_mmap function
mb862xxfb: use CONFIG_OF instead of CONFIG_PPC_OF
mb862xxfb: restrict compliation of platform driver to PPC
Samsung SoC Framebuffer driver: add Alpha Channel support
atmel-lcdc: fix pixclock upper bound detection
offb: use framebuffer_alloc() to allocate fb_info struct
...
Manually fix up conflicts due to kmemcheck in mm/slab.c
num_online_nodes() is called in a number of places but most often by the
page allocator when deciding whether the zonelist needs to be filtered
based on cpusets or the zonelist cache. This is actually a heavy function
and touches a number of cache lines.
This patch stores the number of online nodes at boot time and updates the
value when nodes get onlined and offlined. The value is then used in a
number of important paths in place of num_online_nodes().
[rientjes@google.com: do not override definition of node_set_online() with macro]
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Dave Hansen <dave@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
If socket destuction gets delayed to a timer, we try to
lock_sock() from that timer which won't work.
Use bh_lock_sock() in that case.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Patch establishes a dummy afiucv-device to make sure af_iucv is
notified as iucv-bus device about suspend/resume.
The PM freeze callback severs all iucv pathes of connected af_iucv sockets.
The PM thaw/restore callback switches the state of all previously connected
sockets to IUCV_DISCONN.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Patch calls the PM callback functions of iucv-bus devices, which are
responsible for removal of their established iucv pathes.
The PM freeze callback for the first iucv-bus device disables all iucv
interrupts except the connection severed interrupt.
The PM freeze callback for the last iucv-bus device shuts down iucv.
The PM thaw callback for the first iucv-bus device re-enables iucv
if it has been shut down during freeze. If freezing has been interrupted,
it re-enables iucv interrupts according to the needs of iucv-exploiters.
The PM restore callback for the first iucv-bus device re-enables iucv.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
To guarantee a proper cleanup, patch adds a reboot notifier to
the iucv base code, which disables iucv interrupts, shuts down
established iucv pathes, and removes iucv declarations for z/VM.
Checks have to be added to the iucv-API functions, whether
iucv-buffers removed at reboot time are still declared.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
In case the check on ch_count fails the cleanup path is skipped and the
previously allocated memory 'rpl_map', 'chl_map' is not freed.
Reported by Coverity.
Signed-off-by: Christian Engelmayer <christian.engelmayer@frequentis.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Align cache_clean work.
Signed-off-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
When changing to a new BSSID or SSID, the code in
ieee80211_set_disassoc() needs to have the old data
still valid to be able to disconnect and clean up
properly. Currently, however, the old data is thrown
away before ieee80211_set_disassoc() is ever called,
so fix that by calling the function _before_ the old
data is overwritten.
This is (one of) the issue(s) causing mac80211 to hold
cfg80211's BSS structs forever, and them thus being
returned in scan results after they're long gone.
http://www.intellinuxwireless.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=2015
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If we do not disconnect when a channel switch is requested,
we end up eventually detection beacon loss from the AP and
then disconnecting, without ever really telling the AP, so
we might just as well disconnect right away.
Additionally, this fixes a problem with iwlwifi where the
driver will clear some internal state on channel changes
like this and then get confused when we actually go clear
that state from mac80211.
It may look like this patch drops the no-IBSS check, but
that is already handled by cfg80211 in the wext handler it
provides for IBSS (cfg80211_ibss_wext_siwfreq).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I suspect that some driver bugs can cause queues to be
stopped while they shouldn't be, but it's hard to find
out whether that is the case or not without having any
visible information about the queues. This adds a file
to debugfs that allows us to see the queues' statuses.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It looks like some programs (e.g., NM) are setting an empty SSID with
SIOCSIWESSID in some cases. This seems to trigger mac80211 to try to
associate with an invalid configuration (wildcard SSID) which will
result in failing associations (or odd issues, potentially including
kernel panic with some drivers) if the AP were to actually accept this
anyway).
Only start association process if the SSID is actually set. This
speeds up connection with NM in number of cases and avoids sending out
broken association request frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The use of bitfields here would lead to false positive warnings with
kmemcheck. Silence them.
(Additionally, one erroneous comment related to the bitfield was also
fixed.)
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
Let's use TICKS instead of US, so PSCHED_TICKS2NS and PSCHED_NS2TICKS
(like in PSCHED_TICKS_PER_SEC already) to avoid misleading.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While doing trie_rebalance(): resize(), inflate(), halve() RCU free
tnodes before updating their parents. It depends on RCU delaying the
real destruction, but if RCU readers start after call_rcu() and before
parent update they could access freed memory.
It is currently prevented with preempt_disable() on the update side,
but it's not safe, except maybe classic RCU, plus it conflicts with
memory allocations with GFP_KERNEL flag used from these functions.
This patch explicitly delays freeing of tnodes by adding them to the
list, which is flushed after the update is finished.
Reported-by: Yan Zheng <zheng.yan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the re-write of the RFKILL subsystem it is no longer good to just
select RFKILL, but it is important to add a proper depends on rule.
Based on a report by Alexander Beregalov <a.beregalov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
IPv4:
- make PIM register vifs netns local
- set the netns when a PIM register vif is created
- make PIM available in all network namespaces (if CONFIG_IP_PIMSM_V2)
by adding the protocol handler when multicast routing is initialized
IPv6:
- make PIM register vifs netns local
- make PIM available in all network namespaces (if CONFIG_IPV6_PIMSM_V2)
by adding the protocol handler when multicast routing is initialized
Signed-off-by: Tom Goff <thomas.goff@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed the statements about ARP cache size as this config option does
not affect it. The cache size is controlled by neigh_table gc thresholds.
Remove also expiremental and obsolete markings as the API originally
intended for arp caching is useful for implementing ARP-like protocols
(e.g. NHRP) in user space and has been there for a long enough time.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the sake of power saver lovers, use a deferrable timer to fire
rt_check_expire()
As some big routers cache equilibrium depends on garbage collection
done in time, we take into account elapsed time between two
rt_check_expire() invocations to adjust the amount of slots we have to
check.
Based on an initial idea and patch from Tero Kristo
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <tero.kristo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch improves ctnetlink event reliability if one broadcast
listener has set the NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR socket option.
The logic is the following: if an event delivery fails, we keep
the undelivered events in the missed event cache. Once the next
packet arrives, we add the new events (if any) to the missed
events in the cache and we try a new delivery, and so on. Thus,
if ctnetlink fails to deliver an event, we try to deliver them
once we see a new packet. Therefore, we may lose state
transitions but the userspace process gets in sync at some point.
At worst case, if no events were delivered to userspace, we make
sure that destroy events are successfully delivered. Basically,
if ctnetlink fails to deliver the destroy event, we remove the
conntrack entry from the hashes and we insert them in the dying
list, which contains inactive entries. Then, the conntrack timer
is added with an extra grace timeout of random32() % 15 seconds
to trigger the event again (this grace timeout is tunable via
/proc). The use of a limited random timeout value allows
distributing the "destroy" resends, thus, avoiding accumulating
lots "destroy" events at the same time. Event delivery may
re-order but we can identify them by means of the tuple plus
the conntrack ID.
The maximum number of conntrack entries (active or inactive) is
still handled by nf_conntrack_max. Thus, we may start dropping
packets at some point if we accumulate a lot of inactive conntrack
entries that did not successfully report the destroy event to
userspace.
During my stress tests consisting of setting a very small buffer
of 2048 bytes for conntrackd and the NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR socket
flag, and generating lots of very small connections, I noticed
very few destroy entries on the fly waiting to be resend.
A simple way to test this patch consist of creating a lot of
entries, set a very small Netlink buffer in conntrackd (+ a patch
which is not in the git tree to set the BROADCAST_ERROR flag)
and invoke `conntrack -F'.
For expectations, no changes are introduced in this patch.
Currently, event delivery is only done for new expectations (no
events from expectation expiration, removal and confirmation).
In that case, they need a per-expectation event cache to implement
the same idea that is exposed in this patch.
This patch can be useful to provide reliable flow-accouting. We
still have to add a new conntrack extension to store the creation
and destroy time.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch moves the helper destruction to a function that lives
in nf_conntrack_helper.c. This new function is used in the patch
to add ctnetlink reliable event delivery.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch reworks the per-cpu event caching to use the conntrack
extension infrastructure.
The main drawback is that we consume more memory per conntrack
if event delivery is enabled. This patch is required by the
reliable event delivery that follows to this patch.
BTW, this patch allows you to enable/disable event delivery via
/proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_events in runtime, although
you can still disable event caching as compilation option.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Use mod_timer_pending() instead of atomic sequence of del_timer()/
add_timer(). mod_timer_pending() does not rearm an inactive timer,
so we don't need the conntrack lock anymore to make sure we don't
accidentally rearm a timer of a conntrack which is in the process
of being destroyed.
With this change, we don't need to take the global lock anymore at all,
counter updates can be performed under the per-conntrack lock.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Convert magic values 1 and -1 to NETDEV_TX_BUSY and NETDEV_TX_LOCKED respectively.
0 (NETDEV_TX_OK) is not changed to keep the noise down, except in very few cases
where its in direct proximity to one of the other values.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix up ATM drivers that return an errno value to qdisc_restart(), causing
qdisc_restart() to print a warning an requeue/retransmit the skb.
- lec: condition can only be remedied by userspace, until that retransmissions
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
.ko is normally not included in Kconfig help, make it consistent.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This replaces find_vq/del_vq with find_vqs/del_vqs virtio operations,
and updates all drivers. This is needed for MSI support, because MSI
needs to know the total number of vectors upfront.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au> (+ lguest/9p compile fixes)
Add a linked list of all virtqueues for a virtio device: this helps for
debugging and is also needed for upcoming interface change.
Also, add a "name" field for clearer debug messages.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
This patch changes FDB entry check for ATM LANE bridge integration.
There's no point in holding a FDB entry around SKB building.
br_fdb_get()/br_fdb_put() pair are changed into single br_fdb_test_addr()
hook that checks if the addr has FDB entry pointing to other port
to the one the request arrived on.
FDB entry refcounting is removed as it's not used anywhere else.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b00055aacd " [NET] core: add
RFC2863 operstate" defined new interface flag values. Its
documentation specified that these flags could be accessed from user
space via SIOCGIFFLAGS. However, this does not work because the new
flags do not fit in that ioctl's argument width.
Change the documentation to match the code's behavior. Also change
the source to explicitly show the truncation. This _should_ have no
effect on executable code, and did not with gcc 4.2.4 generating x86
code.
A new ioctl could be defined to return all interface flags to user
space. However, since this has been broken for three years with no
one complaining, there doesn't seem much need. They are still
accessible via netlink.
Reported-by: "Fredrik Arnerup" <fredrik.arnerup@edgeware.tv>
Signed-off-by: John Dykstra <john.dykstra1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix build error introduced by commit bb70dfa5 (netfilter: xtables:
consolidate comefrom debug cast access):
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c: In function 'ipt_do_table':
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:421: error: 'comefrom' undeclared (first use in this function)
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:421: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:421: error: for each function it appears in.)
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Caused by an API update. The return value can be safely ignored, as
there is notthing we can do with it.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
The current code errors out the INCOMPLETE neigh entry skb queue only from
the timer if maximum probes have been attempted and there has been no reply.
This also causes the transtion to FAILED state.
However, the neigh entry can be also updated via Netlink to inform that the
address is unavailable. Currently, neigh_update() just stops the timers and
leaves the pending skb's unreleased. This results that the clean up code in
the timer callback is never called, preventing also proper garbage collection.
This fixes neigh_update() to process the pending skb queue immediately if
INCOMPLETE -> FAILED state transtion occurs due to a Netlink request.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the problem with sock memory accounting is it uses
a pair of sock_hold()/sock_put() for each transmitted packet.
This slows down bidirectional flows because the receive path
also needs to take a refcount on socket and might use a different
cpu than transmit path or transmit completion path. So these
two atomic operations also trigger cache line bounces.
We can see this in tx or tx/rx workloads (media gateways for example),
where sock_wfree() can be in top five functions in profiles.
We use this sock_hold()/sock_put() so that sock freeing
is delayed until all tx packets are completed.
As we also update sk_wmem_alloc, we could offset sk_wmem_alloc
by one unit at init time, until sk_free() is called.
Once sk_free() is called, we atomic_dec_and_test(sk_wmem_alloc)
to decrement initial offset and atomicaly check if any packets
are in flight.
skb_set_owner_w() doesnt call sock_hold() anymore
sock_wfree() doesnt call sock_put() anymore, but check if sk_wmem_alloc
reached 0 to perform the final freeing.
Drawback is that a skb->truesize error could lead to unfreeable sockets, or
even worse, prematurely calling __sk_free() on a live socket.
Nice speedups on SMP. tbench for example, going from 2691 MB/s to 2711 MB/s
on my 8 cpu dev machine, even if tbench was not really hitting sk_refcnt
contention point. 5 % speedup on a UDP transmit workload (depends
on number of flows), lowering TX completion cpu usage.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'tracing-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip: (244 commits)
Revert "x86, bts: reenable ptrace branch trace support"
tracing: do not translate event helper macros in print format
ftrace/documentation: fix typo in function grapher name
tracing/events: convert block trace points to TRACE_EVENT(), fix !CONFIG_BLOCK
tracing: add protection around module events unload
tracing: add trace_seq_vprint interface
tracing: fix the block trace points print size
tracing/events: convert block trace points to TRACE_EVENT()
ring-buffer: fix ret in rb_add_time_stamp
ring-buffer: pass in lockdep class key for reader_lock
tracing: add annotation to what type of stack trace is recorded
tracing: fix multiple use of __print_flags and __print_symbolic
tracing/events: fix output format of user stack
tracing/events: fix output format of kernel stack
tracing/trace_stack: fix the number of entries in the header
ring-buffer: discard timestamps that are at the start of the buffer
ring-buffer: try to discard unneeded timestamps
ring-buffer: fix bug in ring_buffer_discard_commit
ftrace: do not profile functions when disabled
tracing: make trace pipe recognize latency format flag
...
rfkill currently requires a global lock within the
rfkill_register() function, and holds that lock over
calls to the set_block() methods. This means that we
cannot hold a lock around rfkill_register() that we
also require in set_block(), directly or indirectly.
Fix cfg80211 to register rfkill outside the block
locked by its global lock. Much of what cfg80211 does
in the locked block doesn't need to be locked anyway.
Reported-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When associated, but probing the AP because we detected
beacon loss, we need to disable powersave to be able to
receive the probe response. Change the code to do that by
checking whether we're trying to probe when determining
the possibility of going into PS, and recalculate the PS
ability at the necessary spots.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We don't want to trigger moving between PS mode during scan,
because then we will sometimes end up sending nullfunc frames
during scan. We're supposed to only send one prior to scan
and after scan.
This fixes an oops which occured due to an assert in ath9k:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-wireless&m=124277331319024
The assert was happening because the rate control algorithm
figures it should find at least one valid dual stream or
single stream rate. Since we allow mac80211 to send nullfunc
frames during scan and dynamic PS was enabled at times we ended
up trying to send nullfunc frames for the target sta on the
wrong band for which we have no valid rate to communicate with
it. This breaks the assumptions in rate control.
We determine we also need to disable moving between PS modes
when not associated so lets just add that now as well, and we
should not have a ps_sdata when that interface cannot actually
go into PS because it's not associated.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The return type has more than two values, but it can validly
only ever return TX_DROP and TX_CONTINUE, so use a bool
instead of ieee80211_tx_result.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
addba_req_num[tid] is supposed to have the count of consecutive
addba request attempts on 'tid' which failed. This count is checked
against a retry threshold (3 times) before starting the addba negotiation.
This patch fixes the way this addba count is incremented/reset and thereby
avoids indefinite addba attempts.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Once rfkill-input is disabled, the "global" states will only be used as
default initial states.
Since the states will always be the same after resume, we shouldn't
generate events on resume.
Signed-off-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rfkill_set_global_sw_state() (previously rfkill_set_default()) will no
longer be exported by the rewritten rfkill core.
Instead, platform drivers which can provide persistent soft-rfkill state
across power-down/reboot should indicate their initial state by calling
rfkill_set_sw_state() before registration. Otherwise, they will be
initialized to a default value during registration by a set_block call.
We remove existing calls to rfkill_set_sw_state() which happen before
registration, since these had no effect in the old model. If these
drivers do have persistent state, the calls can be put back (subject
to testing :-). This affects hp-wmi and acer-wmi.
Drivers with persistent state will affect the global state only if
rfkill-input is enabled. This is required, otherwise booting with
wireless soft-blocked and pressing the wireless-toggle key once would
have no apparent effect. This special case will be removed in future
along with rfkill-input, in favour of a more flexible userspace daemon
(see Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt).
Now rfkill_global_states[n].def is only used to preserve global states
over EPO, it is renamed to ".sav".
Signed-off-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Acked-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to handle powersave frames properly we had needed
to pass these out to the device queues again, and introduce
the skb->requeue bit. This, however, also has unnecessary
overhead by needing to 'clean up' already tried frames, and
this clean-up code is also buggy when software encryption
is used.
Instead of sending the frames via the master netdev queue
again, simply put them into the pending queue. This also
fixes a problem where frames for that particular station
could be reordered when some were still on the software
queues and older ones are re-injected into the software
queue after them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that we added the ioctl, there's no need to ask
the user to configure this. We will keep it enabled
for now, and eventually swap the default to n. Also
let embedded users select it only if they need it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is useful for debugging when we know if something disabled
the in-kernel rfkill input handler.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 is checking is the skb is aligned on 32 bit boundary.
But it is checking against ethernet header, whereas Linux expect IP
header aligned. And ethernet ether size is 6*2+2=14, so aligning
ethernet header make IP header unaligned.
Signed-off-by: Matthieu CASTET <castet.matthieu@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The minstrel rate controller periodically looks up rate indexes in
a sampling table. When accessing a specific row and column, minstrel
correctly does a bounds check which, on the surface, appears to handle
the case where mi->n_rates < 2. However, mi->sample_idx is actually
defined as an unsigned, so the right hand side is taken to be a huge
positive number when negative, and the check will always fail.
Consequently, the RC will overrun the array and cause random memory
corruption when communicating with a peer that has only a single rate.
The max value of mi->sample_idx is around 25 so casting to int should
have no ill effects.
Without the change, uptime is a few minutes under load with an AP
that has a single hard-coded rate, and both the AP and STA could
potentially crash. With the change, both lasted 12 hours with a
steady load.
Thanks to Ognjen Maric for providing the single-rate clue so I could
reproduce this.
This fixes http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12490 on the
regression list (also http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13000).
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Sergey S. Kostyliov <rathamahata@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Ognjen Maric <ognjen.maric@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce per-conntrack locks and use them instead of the global protocol
locks to avoid contention. Especially tcp_lock shows up very high in
profiles on larger machines.
This will also allow to simplify the upcoming reliable event delivery patches.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
As the module uses rcu_call() we should make sure that all
rcu callback has been completed before removing the code.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On module unload call rcu_barrier(), this is needed as synchronize_rcu()
is not strong enough. The kmem_cache_destroy() does invoke
synchronize_rcu() but it does not provide same protection.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This module uses rcu_call() thus it should use rcu_barrier()
on module unload.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This module uses rcu_call() thus it should use rcu_barrier() on module unload.
Also fixed a trivial typo 'nfetlink' -> 'nfnetlink' in comment.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VLAN 8021q driver needs to call rcu_barrier() when unloading the module,
instead of syncronize_net(). This is needed to make sure that outstanding
call_rcu() callbacks have completed, before the callback function code is
removed on module unload.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Reviewed-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
cls_cgroup: Fix oops when user send improperly 'tc filter add' request
r8169: fix crash when large packets are received
If the XT_SOCKET_TRANSPARENT flag is set, enabled 'transparent'
socket option is required for the socket to be matched.
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Attila Toth <panther@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add a netlink interface for configuration of IEEE 802.15.4 device. Also this
interface specifies events notification sent by devices towards higher layers.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for communication over IEEE 802.15.4 networks. This implementation
is neither certified nor complete, but aims to that goal. This commit contains
only the socket interface for communication over IEEE 802.15.4 networks.
One can either send RAW datagrams or use SOCK_DGRAM to encapsulate data
inside normal IEEE 802.15.4 packets.
Configuration interface, drivers and software MAC 802.15.4 implementation will
follow.
Initial implementation was done by Maxim Gorbachyov, Maxim Osipov and Pavel
Smolensky as a research project at Siemens AG. Later the stack was heavily
reworked to better suit the linux networking model, and is now maitained
as an open project partially sponsored by Siemens.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IEEE 802.15.4 stack requires several constants to be defined/adjusted.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use PSCHED_SHIFT constant instead of '10' in PSCHED_US2NS() and
PSCHED_NS2US() macros to enable changing this value later.
Additionally use PSCHED_SHIFT in sch_hfsc SM_SHIFT and ISM_SHIFT
definitions. This part of the patch is based on feedback from
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>.
Reported-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit f001fde5ea
(net: introduce a list of device addresses dev_addr_list (v6))
added one regression Vegard Nossum found in its testings.
With kmemcheck help, Vegard found some uninitialized memory
was read and reported to user, potentialy leaking kernel data.
( thread can be found on http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/5/30/177 )
dev_addr_init() incorrectly uses sizeof() operator. We were
initializing one byte instead of MAX_ADDR_LEN bytes.
Reported-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I found a bug in cls_cgroup_change() in cls_cgroup.c.
cls_cgroup_change() expected tca[TCA_OPTIONS] was set from user space properly,
but tc in iproute2-2.6.29-1 (which I used) didn't set it.
In the current source code of tc in git, it set tca[TCA_OPTIONS].
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/shemminger/iproute2.git
If we always use a newest iproute2 in git when we use cls_cgroup,
we don't face this oops probably.
But I think, kernel shouldn't panic regardless of use program's behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Minoru Usui <usui@mxm.nes.nec.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Passive OS fingerprinting netfilter module allows to passively detect
remote OS and perform various netfilter actions based on that knowledge.
This module compares some data (WS, MSS, options and it's order, ttl, df
and others) from packets with SYN bit set with dynamically loaded OS
fingerprints.
Fingerprint matching rules can be downloaded from OpenBSD source tree
or found in archive and loaded via netfilter netlink subsystem into
the kernel via special util found in archive.
Archive contains library file (also attached), which was shipped
with iptables extensions some time ago (at least when ipt_osf existed
in patch-o-matic).
Following changes were made in this release:
* added NLM_F_CREATE/NLM_F_EXCL checks
* dropped _rcu list traversing helpers in the protected add/remove calls
* dropped unneded structures, debug prints, obscure comment and check
Fingerprints can be downloaded from
http://www.openbsd.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb/src/etc/pf.os
or can be found in archive
Example usage:
-d switch removes fingerprints
Please consider for inclusion.
Thank you.
Passive OS fingerprint homepage (archives, examples):
http://www.ioremap.net/projects/osf
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Current conntrack code kills the ICMP conntrack entry as soon as
the first reply is received. This is incorrect, as we then see only
the first ICMP echo reply out of several possible duplicates as
ESTABLISHED, while the rest will be INVALID. Also this unnecessarily
increases the conntrackd traffic on H-A firewalls.
Make all the ICMP conntrack entries (including the replied ones)
last for the default of nf_conntrack_icmp{,v6}_timeout seconds.
Signed-off-by: Jan "Yenya" Kasprzak <kas@fi.muni.cz>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
With the re-write of the RFKILL subsystem it is now possible to easily
integrate RFKILL soft-switch support into the Bluetooth subsystem. All
Bluetooth devices will now get automatically RFKILL support.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth source uses some endian conversion helpers, that in the end
translate to kernel standard routines. So remove this obfuscation since it
is fully pointless.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This adds the basic constants required to add support for L2CAP Enhanced
Retransmission feature.
Based on a patch from Nathan Holstein <nathan@lampreynetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes the errors without changing the l2cap.o binary:
text data bss dec hex filename
18059 568 0 18627 48c3 l2cap.o.after
18059 568 0 18627 48c3 l2cap.o.before
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The initial value of err is not used until it is set to -ENOMEM. So just
remove the initialization completely.
Based on a patch from Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Using the L2CAP_CONF_HINT macro is easier to understand than using a
hardcoded 0x80 value.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use macros instead of hardcoded numbers to make the L2CAP source code
more readable.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Change the name of the Kernel CAPI exported function capi_ctr_reseted()
to something representing its purpose better.
Impact: renaming, no functional change
Signed-off-by: Tilman Schmidt <tilman@imap.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vfree() does its own 'NULL' check, so no need for check before
calling it.
Signed-off-by: Figo.zhang <figo1802@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Increment the iovec base by the offset passed in for the initial
copy_to_user() in memcpy_to_iovecend().
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_dma_unmap() is quite expensive for small packets,
because we use two different cache lines from skb_shared_info.
One to access nr_frags, one to access dma_maps[0]
Instead of dma_maps being an array of MAX_SKB_FRAGS + 1 elements,
let dma_head alone in a new dma_head field, close to nr_frags,
to reduce cache lines misses.
Tested on my dev machine (bnx2 & tg3 adapters), nice speedup !
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of num_dma_maps in struct skb_shared_info, as it seems unused.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On Thu, Jun 04, 2009 at 09:06:00PM +1000, Herbert Xu wrote:
>
> tun: Optimise handling of bogus gso->hdr_len
>
> As all current versions of virtio_net generate a value for the
> header length that's too small, we should optimise this so that
> we don't copy it twice. This can be done by ensuring that it is
> at least as large as the place where we'll write the checksum.
>
> Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
With this applied we can strengthen the partial checksum check:
In skb_partial_csum_set we check to see if the checksum offset
is within the packet. However, we really should check that it
is within the skb head as that's the only bit we can modify
without copying.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The lock "protects" an assignment and a comparision of an integer.
When the caller of device_cmp() evaluates the result, nat->masq_index
may already have been changed (regardless if the lock is there or not).
So, the lock either has to be held during nf_ct_iterate_cleanup(),
or can be removed.
This does the latter.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Adds support for specifying a range of queues instead of a single queue
id. Flows will be distributed across the given range.
This is useful for multicore systems: Instead of having a single
application read packets from a queue, start multiple
instances on queues x, x+1, .. x+n. Each instance can process
flows independently.
Packets for the same connection are put into the same queue.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <heitzenberger@astaro.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fwestphal@astaro.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
We can use wildcard matching here, just like
ab4f21e6fb ("xtables: use NFPROTO_UNSPEC
in more extensions").
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
My mistake, I should have added that when cleaning up
rfkill and changing wimax.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ip_mc_drop_socket() method is declared in linux/igmp.h, which
is included anyhow in af_inet.c. So there is no need for this declaration.
This patch removes it from af_inet.c.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* iwm doesn't depend on cfg80211 or wireless extensions
* rndis wlan selects cfg80211 - needs to depend
* mac80211 selects cfg80211 - needs to depend
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The rfkill core didn't initialise the poll delayed work
because it assumed that polling was always done by specifying
the poll function. cfg80211, however, would like to start
polling only later, which is a valid use case and easy to
support, so change rfkill to always initialise the poll
delayed work and thus allow starting polling by calling the
rfkill_resume_polling() function after registration.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixes spares warning:
net/wireless/util.c:261:5: warning:
symbol 'ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To be easier on drivers and users, have cfg80211 register an
rfkill structure that drivers can access. When soft-killed,
simply take down all interfaces; when hard-killed the driver
needs to notify us and we will take down the interfaces
after the fact. While rfkilled, interfaces cannot be set UP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes it is necessary to know how the state is,
and it is easier to query rfkill than keep track of
it somewhere else, so add a function for that. This
could later be expanded to return hard/soft block,
but so far that isn't necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces new cfg80211 API to set the TX power
via cfg80211, puts the wext code into cfg80211 and updates
mac80211 to use all that. The -ENETDOWN bits are a hack but
will go away soon.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new code added by this patch will make rfkill create
a misc character device /dev/rfkill that userspace can use
to control rfkill soft blocks and get status of devices as
well as events when the status changes.
Using it is very simple -- when you open it you can read
a number of times to get the initial state, and every
further read blocks (you can poll) on getting the next
event from the kernel. The same structure you read is
also used when writing to it to change the soft block of
a given device, all devices of a given type, or all
devices.
This also makes CONFIG_RFKILL_INPUT selectable again in
order to be able to test without it present since its
functionality can now be replaced by userspace entirely
and distros and users may not want the input part of
rfkill interfering with their userspace code. We will
also write a userspace daemon to handle all that and
consequently add the input code to the feature removal
schedule.
In order to have rfkilld support both kernels with and
without CONFIG_RFKILL_INPUT (or new kernels after its
eventual removal) we also add an ioctl (that only exists
if rfkill-input is present) to disable rfkill-input.
It is not very efficient, but at least gives the correct
behaviour in all cases.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch completely rewrites the rfkill core to address
the following deficiencies:
* all rfkill drivers need to implement polling where necessary
rather than having one central implementation
* updating the rfkill state cannot be done from arbitrary
contexts, forcing drivers to use schedule_work and requiring
lots of code
* rfkill drivers need to keep track of soft/hard blocked
internally -- the core should do this
* the rfkill API has many unexpected quirks, for example being
asymmetric wrt. alloc/free and register/unregister
* rfkill can call back into a driver from within a function the
driver called -- this is prone to deadlocks and generally
should be avoided
* rfkill-input pointlessly is a separate module
* drivers need to #ifdef rfkill functions (unless they want to
depend on or select RFKILL) -- rfkill should provide inlines
that do nothing if it isn't compiled in
* the rfkill structure is not opaque -- drivers need to initialise
it correctly (lots of sanity checking code required) -- instead
force drivers to pass the right variables to rfkill_alloc()
* the documentation is hard to read because it always assumes the
reader is completely clueless and contains way TOO MANY CAPS
* the rfkill code needlessly uses a lot of locks and atomic
operations in locked sections
* fix LED trigger to actually change the LED when the radio state
changes -- this wasn't done before
Tested-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br> [thinkpad]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes an incorrect assumption (BUG_ON) made in
cfg80211 when handling country IE regulatory requests.
The assumption was that we won't try to call_crda()
twice for the same event and therefore we will not
recieve two replies through nl80211 for the regulatory
request. As it turns out it is true we don't call_crda()
twice for the same event, however, kobject_uevent_env()
*might* send the udev event twice and/or userspace can
simply process the udev event twice. We remove the BUG_ON()
and simply ignore the duplicate request.
For details refer to this thread:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-wireless&m=124149987921337&w=2
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Maxim Levitsky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NETDEV_UP is called after the device is set UP, but sometimes
it is useful to be able to veto the device UP. Introduce a
new NETDEV_PRE_UP notifier that can be used for exactly this.
The first use case will be cfg80211 denying interfaces to be
set UP if the device is known to be rfkill'ed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the SME requests to associate to an open AP
ieee80211_sta_set_extra_ie() can be called with zero IE
length. When this happens or when the extra IE has already
been set -EALREADY is passed down and the supplicant will
complain that the operation is already in progress and it will
not let us associate. We correct this by treating -EALREADY
from ieee80211_sta_set_extra_ie() as a success just as we do
for wext.
Cc: Shan.Palanisamy@Atheros.com
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On non-AP interfaces userspace has no business interfering with
the station management, this can confuse mac80211 (and other
drivers probably wouldn't support it anyway). Allow adding and
removing stations only on AP interfaces.
(Reconcile this w/ previous version of patch posted with same
subject... -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I accidentally transposed these in the patch that "fixed" the defaults,
leading to extremely low throughput because of the huge min CW.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of hardcoding the key length for validation, use the
constants Zhu Yi recently added and add one for AES_CMAC too.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a scan finishes only the program that asked for it
knows what kind of scan it was; let's tell everybody else
about the scan parameters as well so they can evaluate
the result of the scan better. Also helps with debugging.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We have some validation code in mac80211 but said code will
force an invalid AID to 0 which isn't a valid AID either;
instead require a valid AID (1-2007) to be passed in from
userspace in cfg80211 already. Also move the code before
the race comment since it can only be executed during STA
addition and thus is not racy.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Ivo has updated the driver to no longer use the change flag,
so we can remove that, but rt2x00 and ath5k still use the
actual value so let's mark it as deprecated too.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Prior implementation of the new sctp_connectx() call that returns
an association ID did not work correctly on non-blocking socket.
This is because we could not return both a EINPROGRESS error and
an association id. This is a new implementation that supports this.
Originally from Ivan Skytte Jørgensen <isj-sctp@i1.dk
Signed-off-by: Ivan Skytte Jørgensen <isj-sctp@i1.dk
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
RFC 5061 Section 5.1 ASCONF Chunk Procedures said:
B4) Re-transmit the ASCONF Chunk last sent and if possible choose an
alternate destination address (please refer to [RFC4960],
Section 6.4.1). An endpoint MUST NOT add new parameters to this
chunk; it MUST be the same (including its Sequence Number) as
the last ASCONF sent. An endpoint MAY, however, bundle an
additional ASCONF with new ASCONF parameters with the next
Sequence Number. For details, see Section 5.5.
This patch fix to choose an alternate destination address when
re-transmit the ASCONF chunk, with some dup codes cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
sctp_sack_timeout is defined as int, but the sysctl's maxsize is set
to sizeof(long) and the min/max are defined as long.
Signed-off-by: jean-mickael.guerin@6wind.com
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
If T4-rto timer is expired on a removed transport, kernel panic
will occur when we do failure management on that transport.
You can reproduce this use the following sequence:
Endpoint A Endpoint B
(ESTABLISHED) (ESTABLISHED)
<----------------- ASCONF
(SRC=X)
ASCONF ----------------->
(Delete IP Address = X)
<----------------- ASCONF-ACK
(Success Indication)
<----------------- ASCONF
(T4-rto timer expire)
This patch fixed the problem.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
If T2-shutdown timer is expired on a removed transport, kernel
panic will occur when we do failure management on that transport.
You can reproduce this use the following sequence:
Endpoint A Endpoint B
(ESTABLISHED) (ESTABLISHED)
<----------------- SHUTDOWN
(SRC=X)
ASCONF ----------------->
(Delete IP Address = X)
<----------------- ASCONF-ACK
(Success Indication)
<----------------- SHUTDOWN
(T2-shutdown timer expire)
This patch fixed the problem.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
If socket is create by PF_INET type, it can not used IPv6 address
to send/recv DATA. So only enable IPv6 address support on PF_INET6
socket.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Just fix a typo in net/sctp/sm_statetable.c.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Use Unresolvable Address error cause instead of Invalid Mandatory
Parameter error cause when process ASCONF chunk with invalid address
since address parameters are not mandatory in the ASCONF chunk.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
RFC5061 Section 5.2. Upon Reception of an ASCONF Chunk
V2) In processing the chunk, the receiver should build a
response message with the appropriate error TLVs, as
specified in the Parameter type bits, for any ASCONF
Parameter it does not understand. To indicate an
unrecognized parameter, Cause Type 8 should be used as
defined in the ERROR in Section 3.3.10.8, [RFC4960]. The
endpoint may also use the response to carry rejections for
other reasons, such as resource shortages, etc., using the
Error Cause TLV and an appropriate error condition.
So we should indicate an unrecognized parameter with error
SCTP_ERROR_UNKNOWN_PARAM in ACSONF-ACK chunk, not
SCTP_ERROR_INV_PARAM.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Define three accessors to get/set dst attached to a skb
struct dst_entry *skb_dst(const struct sk_buff *skb)
void skb_dst_set(struct sk_buff *skb, struct dst_entry *dst)
void skb_dst_drop(struct sk_buff *skb)
This one should replace occurrences of :
dst_release(skb->dst)
skb->dst = NULL;
Delete skb->dst field
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define skb_rtable(const struct sk_buff *skb) accessor to get rtable from skb
Delete skb->rtable field
Setting rtable is not allowed, just set dst instead as rtable is an alias.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the notify chain infrastructure and replace it
by a simple function pointer. This issue has been mentioned in the
mailing list several times: the use of the notify chain adds
too much overhead for something that is only used by ctnetlink.
This patch also changes nfnetlink_send(). It seems that gfp_any()
returns GFP_KERNEL for user-context request, like those via
ctnetlink, inside the RCU read-side section which is not valid.
Using GFP_KERNEL is also evil since netlink may schedule(),
this leads to "scheduling while atomic" bug reports.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch simplifies the conntrack event caching system by removing
several events:
* IPCT_[*]_VOLATILE, IPCT_HELPINFO and IPCT_NATINFO has been deleted
since the have no clients.
* IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING which is a leftover of the 32-bits counter
days.
* IPCT_REFRESH which is not of any use since we always include the
timeout in the messages.
After this patch, the existing events are:
* IPCT_NEW, IPCT_RELATED and IPCT_DESTROY, that are used to identify
addition and deletion of entries.
* IPCT_STATUS, that notes that the status bits have changes,
eg. IPS_SEEN_REPLY and IPS_ASSURED.
* IPCT_PROTOINFO, that reports that internal protocol information has
changed, eg. the TCP, DCCP and SCTP protocol state.
* IPCT_HELPER, that a helper has been assigned or unassigned to this
entry.
* IPCT_MARK and IPCT_SECMARK, that reports that the mark has changed, this
covers the case when a mark is set to zero.
* IPCT_NATSEQADJ, to report that there's updates in the NAT sequence
adjustment.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
During the module removal there are no possible event listeners
since ctnetlink must be removed before to allow removing
nf_conntrack. This patch removes the event reporting for the
module removal case which is not of any use in the existing code.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch cleans up the message calculation to make it similar
to rtnetlink, moreover, it removes unneeded verbose information.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch is a cleanup, it removes the `nowait' parameter
from all *fill_info() function since it is always set to one.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch cleans up the message handling path in two aspects:
* it uses NLMSG_LENGTH() instead of NLMSG_SPACE() like rtnetlink
does in this case to check if there is enough room for the
Netlink/nfnetlink headers. No need to check for the padding room.
* it removes a redundant header size checking that has been
already do at the beginning of the function.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The patch below adds supporting TCP simultaneous open to conntrack. The
unused LISTEN state is replaced by a new state (SYN_SENT2) denoting the
second SYN sent from the reply direction in the new case. The state table
is updated and the function tcp_in_window is modified to handle
simultaneous open.
The functionality can fairly easily be tested by socat. A sample tcpdump
recording
23:21:34.244733 IP (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 49224, offset 0, flags [DF], proto TCP (6), length 60) 192.168.0.254.2020 > 192.168.0.1.2020: S, cksum 0xe75f (correct), 3383710133:3383710133(0) win 5840 <mss 1460,sackOK,timestamp 173445629 0,nop,wscale 7>
23:21:34.244783 IP (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 0, offset 0, flags [DF], proto TCP (6), length 40) 192.168.0.1.2020 > 192.168.0.254.2020: R, cksum 0x0253 (correct), 0:0(0) ack 3383710134 win 0
23:21:36.038680 IP (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 28092, offset 0, flags [DF], proto TCP (6), length 60) 192.168.0.1.2020 > 192.168.0.254.2020: S, cksum 0x704b (correct), 2634546729:2634546729(0) win 5840 <mss 1460,sackOK,timestamp 824213 0,nop,wscale 1>
23:21:36.038777 IP (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 49225, offset 0, flags [DF], proto TCP (6), length 60) 192.168.0.254.2020 > 192.168.0.1.2020: S, cksum 0xb179 (correct), 3383710133:3383710133(0) ack 2634546730 win 5840 <mss 1460,sackOK,timestamp 173447423 824213,nop,wscale 7>
23:21:36.038847 IP (tos 0x0, ttl 64, id 28093, offset 0, flags [DF], proto TCP (6), length 52) 192.168.0.1.2020 > 192.168.0.254.2020: ., cksum 0xebad (correct), ack 3383710134 win 2920 <nop,nop,timestamp 824213 173447423>
and the corresponding netlink events:
[NEW] tcp 6 120 SYN_SENT src=192.168.0.254 dst=192.168.0.1 sport=2020 dport=2020 [UNREPLIED] src=192.168.0.1 dst=192.168.0.254 sport=2020 dport=2020
[UPDATE] tcp 6 120 LISTEN src=192.168.0.254 dst=192.168.0.1 sport=2020 dport=2020 src=192.168.0.1 dst=192.168.0.254 sport=2020 dport=2020
[UPDATE] tcp 6 60 SYN_RECV src=192.168.0.254 dst=192.168.0.1 sport=2020 dport=2020 src=192.168.0.1 dst=192.168.0.254 sport=2020 dport=2020
[UPDATE] tcp 6 432000 ESTABLISHED src=192.168.0.254 dst=192.168.0.1 sport=2020 dport=2020 src=192.168.0.1 dst=192.168.0.254 sport=2020 dport=2020 [ASSURED]
The RST packet was dropped in the raw table, thus it did not reach
conntrack. nfnetlink_conntrack is unpatched so it shows the new SYN_SENT2
state as the old unused LISTEN.
With TCP simultaneous open support we satisfy REQ-2 in RFC 5382 ;-) .
Additional minor correction in this patch is that in order to catch
uninitialized reply directions, "td_maxwin == 0" is used instead of
"td_end == 0" because the former can't be true except in uninitialized
state while td_end may accidentally be equal to zero in the mid of a
connection.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch fixes a bug which unconfigured struct tcf_proto keeps
chaining in tc_ctl_tfilter(), and avoids kernel panic in
cls_cgroup_classify() when we use cls_cgroup.
When we execute 'tc filter add', tcf_proto is allocated, initialized
by classifier's init(), and chained. After it's chained,
tc_ctl_tfilter() calls classifier's change(). When classifier's
change() fails, tc_ctl_tfilter() does not free and keeps tcf_proto.
In addition, cls_cgroup is initialized in change() not in init(). It
accesses unconfigured struct tcf_proto which is chained before
change(), then hits Oops.
Signed-off-by: Minoru Usui <usui@mxm.nes.nec.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Tested-by: Minoru Usui <usui@mxm.nes.nec.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After some discussion offline with Christoph Lameter and David Stevens
regarding multicast behaviour in Linux, I'm submitting a slightly
modified patch from the one Christoph submitted earlier.
This patch provides a new socket option IP_MULTICAST_ALL.
In this case, default behaviour is _unchanged_ from the current
Linux standard. The socket option is set by default to provide
original behaviour. Sockets wishing to receive data only from
multicast groups they join explicitly will need to clear this
socket option.
Signed-off-by: Nivedita Singhvi <niv@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter<cl@linux.com>
Acked-by: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Print-out the error value when sock_alloc_send_skb() fails in
the IPv6 neighbor discovery code - can be useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the unlikely event that gprs_writeable() and gprs_xmit() check for
writeability at the same, we could stop the device queue forever.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add 'autoconf' and 'disable_ipv6' parameters to the IPv6 module.
The first controls if IPv6 addresses are autoconfigured from
prefixes received in Router Advertisements. The IPv6 loopback
(::1) and link-local addresses are still configured.
The second controls if IPv6 addresses are desired at all. No
IPv6 addresses will be added to any interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts unicast address list to standard list_head using
previously introduced struct netdev_hw_addr. It also relaxes the
locking. Original spinlock (still used for multicast addresses) is not
needed and is no longer used for a protection of this list. All
reading and writing takes place under rtnl (with no changes).
I also removed a possibility to specify the length of the address
while adding or deleting unicast address. It's always dev->addr_len.
The convertion touched especially e1000 and ixgbe codes when the
change is not so trivial.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
drivers/net/bnx2.c | 13 +--
drivers/net/e1000/e1000_main.c | 24 +++--
drivers/net/ixgbe/ixgbe_common.c | 14 ++--
drivers/net/ixgbe/ixgbe_common.h | 4 +-
drivers/net/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.c | 6 +-
drivers/net/ixgbe/ixgbe_type.h | 4 +-
drivers/net/macvlan.c | 11 +-
drivers/net/mv643xx_eth.c | 11 +-
drivers/net/niu.c | 7 +-
drivers/net/virtio_net.c | 7 +-
drivers/s390/net/qeth_l2_main.c | 6 +-
drivers/scsi/fcoe/fcoe.c | 16 ++--
include/linux/netdevice.h | 18 ++--
net/8021q/vlan.c | 4 +-
net/8021q/vlan_dev.c | 10 +-
net/core/dev.c | 195 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++-----------
net/dsa/slave.c | 10 +-
net/packet/af_packet.c | 4 +-
18 files changed, 227 insertions(+), 137 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Somewhat luckily, I was looking into these parts with very fine
comb because I've made somewhat similar changes on the same
area (conflicts that arose weren't that lucky though). The loop
was very much overengineered recently in commit 915219441d
(tcp: Use SKB queue and list helpers instead of doing it
by-hand), while it basically just wants to know if there are
skbs after 'skb'.
Also it got broken because skb1 = skb->next got translated into
skb1 = skb1->next (though abstracted) improperly. Note that
'skb1' is pointing to previous sk_buff than skb or NULL if at
head. Two things went wrong:
- We'll kfree 'skb' on the first iteration instead of the
skbuff following 'skb' (it would require required SACK reneging
to recover I think).
- The list head case where 'skb1' is NULL is checked too early
and the loop won't execute whereas it previously did.
Conclusion, mostly revert the recent changes which makes the
cset very messy looking but using proper accessor in the
previous-like version.
The effective changes against the original can be viewed with:
git-diff 915219441d566f1da0caa0e262be49b666159e17^ \
net/ipv4/tcp_input.c | sed -n -e '57,70 p'
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-2.6.30' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux:
svcrdma: dma unmap the correct length for the RPCRDMA header page.
nfsd: Revert "svcrpc: take advantage of tcp autotuning"
nfsd: fix hung up of nfs client while sync write data to nfs server
ipgre_tunnel_xmit() might need skb->dst, so tell dev_hard_start_xmit()
to no release it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
clip_start_xmit() needs skb->dst so tell dev_hard_start_xmit()
to no release it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipip_tunnel_xmit() might need skb->dst, so tell dev_hard_start_xmit()
to no release it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This comment suggested storing two pieces of state in the
LLC skb control block, and in fact we do. Someone did
the implementation but never killed this todo comment :-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
wimax connection manager / daemon has to know what is current
state of the device. Previously it was only possible to get
notification whet state has changed.
Note:
By mistake, the new generic netlink's number for
WIMAX_GNL_OP_STATE_GET was declared inserting into the existing list
of API calls, not appending; thus, it'd break existing API.
Fixed by Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com> by moving to
the tail, where we add to the interface, not modify the interface.
Thanks to Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> for catching this.
Signed-off-by: Paulius Zaleckas <paulius.zaleckas@teltonika.lt>
Funcion documentation for wimax_msg_alloc() and wimax_msg_send() needs
to clarify that they can be used in the very early stages of a
wimax_dev lifecycle.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
The svcrdma module was incorrectly unmapping the RPCRDMA header page.
On IBM pserver systems this causes a resource leak that results in
running out of bus address space (10 cthon iterations will reproduce it).
The code was mapping the full page but only unmapping the actual header
length. The fix is to only map the header length.
I also cleaned up the use of ib_dma_map_page() calls since the unmap
logic always uses ib_dma_unmap_single(). I made these symmetrical.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
This reverts commit 47a14ef1af "svcrpc:
take advantage of tcp autotuning", which uncovered some further problems
in the server rpc code, causing significant performance regressions in
common cases.
We will likely reinstate this patch after releasing 2.6.30 and applying
some work on the underlying fixes to the problem (developed by Trond).
Reported-by: Jeff Moyer <jmoyer@redhat.com>
Cc: Olga Kornievskaia <aglo@citi.umich.edu>
Cc: Jim Rees <rees@umich.edu>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Use ALIGN() and PTR_ALIGN() macros instead of handcoding them.
Get rid of NETDEV_ALIGN_CONST ugly define
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_HANDSHAKE_SEQ that exposes
the u64 handshake sequence number to user-space.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This problem was introduced in 72961ecf84
since no space was reserved for the new attributes NFULA_HWTYPE,
NFULA_HWLEN and NFULA_HWHEADER.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The function dl_seq_show() returns 1 (equal to SEQ_SKIP) in case
a seq_printf() call return -1. It should return -1.
This SEQ_SKIP behavior brakes processing the proc file e.g. via a
pipe or just through less.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
There is no need to repeatedly check flush when comparing TCP
options for GRO as it will be false 99% of the time where it
matters.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch stores the two shinfo pointers in local variables
because they're used over and over again in skb_gro_receive.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reverses the direction of the frags array copy in
skb_gro_receive in order simplify the loop conditional. It
also avoids touching the first element of the original frags
array.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we know the only packets which need the final pskb_may_pull
are completely non-linear, and have all the required bits in
frag0, we can perform a straight memcpy instead of going through
pskb_may_pull and doing skb_copy_bits.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch optimises the IPv4 GRO code by using 32-bit loads
(instead of 16-bit ones) on the ID and length checks in the receive
function.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the overwhelming majority of cases, skb_gro_header's return
value cannot be NULL. Yet we must check it because of its current
form. This patch splits it up into multiple functions in order
to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By caching frag0_len, we can avoid checking both frag0 and the
length separately in skb_gro_header. This helps as skb_gro_header
is called four times per packet which amounts to a few million
times at 10Gb/s.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of checking len > mss || len == 0, we can accomplish
both by checking (len - 1) > mss using the unsigned wraparound.
At nearly a million times a second, this might just help.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The window has already been checked as part of the flag word
so there is no need to check it explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of doing two 16-bit operations for the source/destination
ports, we can do one 32-bit operation to take care both.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently skb_gro_header is used for packets which put the hardware
header in skb->data with the rest in frags. Since the drivers that
need this optimisation all provide completely non-linear packets,
we can gain extra optimisations by only performing the frag0
optimisation for completely non-linear packets.
In particular, we can simply test frag0 (instead of skb_headlen)
to see whether the optimisation is in force.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch stores the offset/headlen in local variables as they're
used repeatedly in skb_gro_offset.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function skb_gro_header is called four times per packet which
quickly adds up at 10Gb/s. This patch inlines it to allow better
optimisations.
Some architectures perform multiplication for page_address, which
is done by each skb_gro_header invocation. This patch caches that
value in skb->cb to avoid the unnecessary multiplications.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc does a poor job at generating code for the memcpy of the frags
array in skb_gro_receive, which is the primary purpose of that
function when merging frags. In particular, it can't utilise the
alignment information of the source and destination. This patch
open-codes the copy so we process words instead of bytes.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The calls to flush_work() are pointless in a single thread workqueue
and they are actually causing a lockdep warning.
=============================================
[ INFO: possible recursive locking detected ]
2.6.30-rc6-02911-gbb803cf #16
---------------------------------------------
bluetooth/2518 is trying to acquire lock:
(bluetooth){+.+.+.}, at: [<c0130c14>] flush_work+0x28/0xb0
but task is already holding lock:
(bluetooth){+.+.+.}, at: [<c0130424>] worker_thread+0x149/0x25e
other info that might help us debug this:
2 locks held by bluetooth/2518:
#0: (bluetooth){+.+.+.}, at: [<c0130424>] worker_thread+0x149/0x25e
#1: (&conn->work_del){+.+...}, at: [<c0130424>] worker_thread+0x149/0x25e
stack backtrace:
Pid: 2518, comm: bluetooth Not tainted 2.6.30-rc6-02911-gbb803cf #16
Call Trace:
[<c03d64d9>] ? printk+0xf/0x11
[<c0140d96>] __lock_acquire+0x7ce/0xb1b
[<c0141173>] lock_acquire+0x90/0xad
[<c0130c14>] ? flush_work+0x28/0xb0
[<c0130c2e>] flush_work+0x42/0xb0
[<c0130c14>] ? flush_work+0x28/0xb0
[<f8b84966>] del_conn+0x1c/0x84 [bluetooth]
[<c0130469>] worker_thread+0x18e/0x25e
[<c0130424>] ? worker_thread+0x149/0x25e
[<f8b8494a>] ? del_conn+0x0/0x84 [bluetooth]
[<c0133843>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x33
[<c01302db>] ? worker_thread+0x0/0x25e
[<c013355a>] kthread+0x45/0x6b
[<c0133515>] ? kthread+0x0/0x6b
[<c01034a7>] kernel_thread_helper+0x7/0x10
Based on a report by Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Dave Young <hidave.darkstar@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
BUS_ID_SIZE is really no more, and device names are dynamically
allocated and thus can be any necessary size.
So remove the BUG check here making sure BUS_ID_SIZE is at least
as large as IFNAMSIZ.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid reading the unsynchronized value cs->classid multiple times,
since it could change concurrently from non-zero to zero; this would
result in the classifier returning a positive result with a bogus
(zero) classid.
Signed-off-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'bugfixes' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6:
NFSv4: Fix the case where NFSv4 renewal fails
nfs: fix build error in nfsroot with initconst
XPRTRDMA: fix client rpcrdma FRMR registration on mlx4 devices
mlx4/connectX FRMR requires local write enable together with remote
rdma write enable. This fixes NFS/RDMA operation over the ConnectX
Infiniband HCA in the default memreg mode.
Signed-off-by: Vu Pham <vu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Talpey <tmtalpey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
We would like to get rid of netdev->trans_start = jiffies; that about all net
drivers have to use in their start_xmit() function, and use txq->trans_start
instead.
This can be done generically in core network, as suggested by David.
Some devices, (particularly loopback) dont need trans_start update, because
they dont have transmit watchdog. We could add a new device flag, or rely
on fact that txq->tran_start can be updated is txq->xmit_lock_owner is
different than -1. Use a helper function to hide our choice.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right-shifts of signed integers are implementation-defined so unportable.
With feedback from: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes ssthresh accounting issues in tcp_vegas when cwnd decreases
Signed-off-by: Doug Leith <doug.leith@nuim.ie>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Robert L Mathews discovered that some clients send evil TCP RST segments,
which are accepted by netfilter conntrack but discarded by the
destination. Thus the conntrack entry is destroyed but the destination
retransmits data until timeout.
The same technique, i.e. sending properly crafted RST segments, can easily
be used to bypass connlimit/connbytes based restrictions (the sample
script written by Robert can be found in the netfilter mailing list
archives).
The patch below adds a new flag and new field to struct ip_ct_tcp_state so
that checking RST segments can be made more strict and thus TCP conntrack
can catch the invalid ones: the RST segment is accepted only if its
sequence number higher than or equal to the highest ack we seen from the
other direction. (The last_ack field cannot be reused because it is used
to catch resent packets.)
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
All drivers are already converted to new net_device_ops API
and nobody uses old API anymore.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Beregalov <a.beregalov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hi:
skbuff: Copy csum instead of csum_start/csum_offset
It's easier to copy the u32 csum instead of its two u16
constituents.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cheers,
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hi:
skbuff: Move new __skb_clone code into __copy_skb_header
It seems that people just keep on adding stuff to __skb_clone
instead __copy_skb_header. This is wrong as it means your brand-new
attributes won't always get copied as you intended.
This patch moves them to the right place, and adds a comment to
prevent this from happening again.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Thanks,
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch moves some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211.
Because these functions are doing generic 802.11 operations so they
are not mac80211 specific. The moving allows some fullmac drivers
to be also benefit from these utility functions.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My first patch submission used 200ms, which I then somehow
managed to revert back to the earlier 50ms I had used for
some tests in the second patch submission -- but that was
wrong, I should have used 200ms here. Correct that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In "mac80211: split out and decrease probe wait time" I tried
to reduce the time waiting for a probe response, but failed to
take into account the case where we are detecting beacon loss
in software -- in that case we still wait the monitoring time
rather than the probe wait time. Fix this by refactoring the
mod_timer() calls in ieee80211_associated().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The requirement for wireless stats to be atomic is now mostly
artificial since we hold the rtnl _and_ the dev_base_lock for
iterating the device list. Doing that is not required, just the
rtnl is sufficient (and the rtnl is required for other reasons
outlined in commit "wext: fix get_wireless_stats locking").
This will fix http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13344
and make things easier for drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sinec the TCPv6 GRO functions are used in the same file where
they are defined, we do not need to export them. This was a
cut-n-paste from the IPv4 code which does need to export them.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use genl_register_family_with_ops() instead of a copy.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use genl_register_family_with_ops() instead of a copy. This fixes genetlink
family leak on error path.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use genl_register_family_with_ops() instead of a copy.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use genl_register_family_with_ops() instead of a copy. This also changes
netlink related variable names to be kernel-wide unique for consistency
with other users.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use genl_register_family_with_ops() instead of a copy.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduces genl_register_family_with_ops() that registers a genetlink
family along with operations from a table. This is used to kill copy'n'paste
occurrences in following patches.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patch to add the ability to detect drops in hardware interfaces via dropwatch.
Adds a tracepoint to net_rx_action to signal everytime a napi instance is
polled. The dropmon code then periodically checks to see if the rx_frames
counter has changed, and if so, adds a drop notification to the netlink
protocol, using the reserved all-0's vector to indicate the drop location was in
hardware, rather than somewhere in the code.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
include/linux/net_dropmon.h | 8 ++
include/trace/napi.h | 11 +++
net/core/dev.c | 5 +
net/core/drop_monitor.c | 124 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--
net/core/net-traces.c | 4 +
net/core/netpoll.c | 2
6 files changed, 149 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rxrpc_alloc_connection() doesn't return an error code on failure, it just
returns NULL. IS_ERR(NULL) is false.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems we can fix this by disabling preemption while we re-balance the
trie. This is with the CONFIG_CLASSIC_RCU. It's been stress-tested at high
loads continuesly taking a full BGP table up/down via iproute -batch.
Note. fib_trie is not updated for CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU
Reported-by: Andrei Popa
Signed-off-by: Robert Olsson <robert.olsson@its.uu.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The the PACKET_ADD_MEMBERSHIP and the PACKET_DROP_MEMBERSHIP setsockopt
calls for af_packet already has all of the infrastructure needed to subscribe
to multiple mac addresses. All that is missing is a flag to say that
the address we want to listen on is a unicast address.
So introduce PACKET_MR_UNICAST and wire it up to dev_unicast_add and
dev_unicast_delete.
Additionally I noticed that errors from dev_mc_add were not propagated
from packet_dev_mc so fix that.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The net_ns_init code can be simplified. No need to save error code
if it is only going to panic if it is set 4 lines later.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
typo -- pkt_dev->nflows is for stats only, the number of concurrent
flows is stored in cflows.
Reported-By: Vladimir Ivashchenko <hazard@francoudi.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The use of unspecified protocol in IPv6 initial route prevents quagga to
install IPv6 default route:
# show ipv6 route
S ::/0 [1/0] via fe80::1, eth1_0
K>* ::/0 is directly connected, lo, rej
C>* ::1/128 is directly connected, lo
C>* fe80::/64 is directly connected, eth1_0
# ip -6 route
fe80::/64 dev eth1_0 proto kernel metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440
hoplimit -1
ff00::/8 dev eth1_0 metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit -1
unreachable default dev lo proto none metric -1 error -101 hoplimit 255
The attached patch ensures RTPROT_KERNEL to the default initial route
and fixes the problem for quagga.
This is similar to "ipv6: protocol for address routes"
f410a1fba7.
# show ipv6 route
S>* ::/0 [1/0] via fe80::1, eth1_0
C>* ::1/128 is directly connected, lo
C>* fe80::/64 is directly connected, eth1_0
# ip -6 route
fe80::/64 dev eth1_0 proto kernel metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440
hoplimit -1
fe80::/64 dev eth1_0 proto kernel metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440
hoplimit -1
ff00::/8 dev eth1_0 metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit -1
default via fe80::1 dev eth1_0 proto zebra metric 1024 mtu 1500
advmss 1440 hoplimit -1
unreachable default dev lo proto kernel metric -1 error -101 hoplimit 255
Signed-off-by: Jean-Mickael Guerin <jean-mickael.guerin@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netlink message header (struct nlmsghdr) is an unused parameter in
fill method of fib_rules_ops struct. This patch removes this
parameter from this method and fixes the places where this method is
called.
(include/net/fib_rules.h)
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexander V. Lukyanov found a regression in 2.6.29 and made a complete
analysis found in http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13339
Quoted here because its a perfect one :
begin_of_quotation
2.6.29 patch has introduced flexible route cache rebuilding. Unfortunately the
patch has at least one critical flaw, and another problem.
rt_intern_hash calculates rthi pointer, which is later used for new entry
insertion. The same loop calculates cand pointer which is used to clean the
list. If the pointers are the same, rtable leak occurs, as first the cand is
removed then the new entry is appended to it.
This leak leads to unregister_netdevice problem (usage count > 0).
Another problem of the patch is that it tries to insert the entries in certain
order, to facilitate counting of entries distinct by all but QoS parameters.
Unfortunately, referencing an existing rtable entry moves it to list beginning,
to speed up further lookups, so the carefully built order is destroyed.
For the first problem the simplest patch it to set rthi=0 when rthi==cand, but
it will also destroy the ordering.
end_of_quotation
Problematic commit is 1080d709fb
(net: implement emergency route cache rebulds when gc_elasticity is exceeded)
Trying to keep dst_entries ordered is too complex and breaks the fact that
order should depend on the frequency of use for garbage collection.
A possible fix is to make rt_intern_hash() simpler, and only makes
rt_check_expire() a litle bit smarter, being able to cope with an arbitrary
entries order. The added loop is running on cache hot data, while cpu
is prefetching next object, so should be unnoticied.
Reported-and-analyzed-by: Alexander V. Lukyanov <lav@yar.ru>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rt_check_expire() computes average and standard deviation of chain lengths,
but not correclty reset length to 0 at beginning of each chain.
This probably gives overflows for sum2 (and sum) on loaded machines instead
of meaningful results.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, we will ask the driver to configure right away
when somebody changes the desired BSSID. That's totally
strange because then we will configure the driver without
even knowing whether the BSS exists. Change this to only
configure the BSSID when associated, and configure a zero
BSSID when not associated.
As a side effect, this fixes an issue with the iwlwifi
driver which doesn't implement sta_notify properly and
uses the BSSID instead and gets very confused if the
BSSID is cleared before we disassociate, which results
in the warning Marcel posted [1] and iwlwifi bug 1995 [2].
[1] http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/32598
[2] http://www.intellinuxwireless.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=1995
Cc: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Device drivers using wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() want some
regulatory settings applied to their wiphy, if no bands were
configured on the wiphy then something went wrong.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When I fixed the crypto bit I must have done the negative
test only -- it is quite clearly impossible to find _any_
IBSS to join with the parameters put the wrong way around.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the genIE hasn't changed there's no reason to kick
the state machine since it won't be able to do anything
new -- doing this decreases the useless work we do for
reassociating because if we do kick the state machine
it will try to find a usable BSS but there might not be
one because wpa_supplicant will only change the BSSID
a little later.
In a sense this is a workaround for userspace behaviour,
but on the other hand userspace cannot really keep track
of what the kernel currently has for genIE since any
process could have changed that while wpa_supplicant
wasn't looking.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When updating the duration field for TX frames, skip the update for
PS-Poll frames that use this field for other purposes (AID).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the AP includes our AID in the TIM IE, we need to process the
Beacon frame as far as PS is concerned (send PS-Poll or nullfunc data
with PM=0). The previous code skipped this in cases where the CRC
value did not change and it would not change if the AP continues
including our AID in the TIM..
There is no need to count the crc32 value for directed_tim with this
change, so we can remove that part. In order not to change the order
of operations (i.e., update WMM parameters prior to sending PS-Poll),
the CRC match is checked twice as only after the PS processing step,
the rest of the function is skipped if nothing changed in the Beacon.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Moving information from config_interface to bss_info_changed
removed struct ieee80211_if_conf which the documentation still
refers to, additionally there's one kernel-doc description too
much and one other missing, fix all this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS is enabled and CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS is
not, compilation fails in net/wireless/debugfs.c:
net/wireless/debugfs.c: In function 'cfg80211_debugfs_drv_add':
net/wireless/debugfs.c:117: error: 'struct cfg80211_registered_device'
has no member named 'debugfs'
The debugfs filed is needed if and only if CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS is
enabled, so use that instead of CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is a race on access to last_request and its alpha2
through reg_is_valid_request() and us possibly processing
first another regulatory request on another CPU. We avoid
this improbably race by locking with the cfg80211_mutex as
we should have done in the first place. While at it add
the assert on locking on reg_is_valid_request().
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This has no functional change, but it will make the race
fix easier to spot in my next patch.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This has no functional change except we save a kfree(rd) and
allows us to clean this code up a bit after this. We do
avoid an unnecessary kfree(NULL) but calling that was OK too.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some applications using wireless extensions expect to be able to
remove a key that doesn't exist. One example is wpa_supplicant
which doesn't actually change behaviour when running into an
error while trying to do that, but it prints an error message
which users interpret as wpa_supplicant having problems.
The safe thing to do is not change the behaviour of wireless
extensions any more, so when the driver reports -ENOENT let
the wext bridge code return success to userspace. To guarantee
this, also document that drivers should return -ENOENT when the
key doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers to mark their cfg80211_ops tables const.
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We forgot to cancel all timers in mac80211 when suspending.
In particular we forgot to deal with some things that can
cause hardware reconfiguration -- while it is down.
While at it we go ahead and add a warning in ieee80211_sta_work()
if its run while the suspend->resume cycle is in effect. This
should not happen and if it does it would indicate there is
a bug lurking in either mac80211 or mac80211 drivers.
With this now wpa_supplicant doesn't blink when I go to suspend
and resume where as before there where issues with some timers
running during the suspend->resume cycle. This caused a lot of
incorrect assumptions and would at times bring back the device
in an incoherent, but mostly recoverable, state.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The channel switch code is currently in the spectrum
management file, where arguably it belongs. However,
it is for managed mode only and uses the structures
for that mode only so having it in a more generic
file can be confusing. Additionally, my next patch
gets simpler with the code here.
When/if we ever implement this for IBSS or mesh then
we will need to rework the structures it uses anyway
at which point we could move the code back.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Validate RSC (NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ) length in nl80211/cfg80211 instead
of having to do this in all the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While the probe request poll is expected to work, it looks like it
does not always result in getting a response. The exact reason for
this is unclear, but anyway, if we do receive a Beacon frame from our
AP, there is no need to disconnect based on the probereq poll. This
seems to help keep the connection bit more stable in cases where
beacon loss is occurring semi-frequently.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The STA may drop the very first frame if it happens to be a retried
frame. This is because we maintian the last received sequence number
per TID for QoS frames and it is initialized to zero through kzalloc
during sta_info_alloc and the sequence number of the very first date
frame received would be ZERO (as per IEEE 802.11-2007, 7.1.3.4.1).
If the frame dropped happens to be an EAP Request Identity(very first
frame from the AP), then wpa_supplicnat disconnects the STA and the
whole procedure starts again.
Signed-off-by: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This moves the cfg80211 specific stuff to new cfg80211 debugfs
entries. Non-mac80211 will also get these entries now. There were
only 4 which we take:
rts_threshold
fragmentation_threshold
short_retry_limit
long_retry_limit
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Thanks to nl80211 userspace can be very specific upon device
configuration. Before processing the request for the new HT40
channel types (HT40- or HT40+) we need to ensure we can use them
regulatory-wise. This wasn't required with wireless extensions as
specifying the channel type wasn't not available and configuration
was done towards the end implicitly upon association or reception
of beacons from the AP. For the new nl80211 we have to check this
when configuring the interfaces explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is more consistent with our nl80211 naming convention
for HT40-/+.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We are not correctly listening to the regulatory max bandwidth
settings. To actually make use of it we need to redesign things
a bit. This patch does the work for that. We do this to so we
can obey to regulatory rules accordingly for use of HT40.
We end up dealing with HT40 by having two passes for each channel.
The first check will see if a 20 MHz channel fits into the channel's
center freq on a given frequency range. We check for a 20 MHz
banwidth channel as that is the maximum an individual channel
will use, at least for now. The first pass will go ahead and
check if the regulatory rule for that given center of frequency
allows 40 MHz bandwidths and we use this to determine whether
or not the channel supports HT40 or not. So to support HT40 you'll
need at a regulatory rule that allows you to use 40 MHz channels
but you're channel must also be enabled and support 20 MHz by itself.
The second pass is done after we do the regulatory checks over
an device's supported channel list. On each channel we'll check
if the control channel and the extension both:
o exist
o are enabled
o regulatory allows 40 MHz bandwidth on its frequency range
This work allows allows us to idependently check for HT40- and
HT40+.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Its possible for cfg80211 to have scheduled the work and for
the global workqueue to not have kicked in prior to a cfg80211
driver's regulatory hint or wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory().
Although this is very unlikely its possible and should fix
this race. When this race would happen you are expected to have
hit a null pointer dereference panic.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Tested-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Another design flaw in wireless extensions (is anybody
surprised?) in the way it handles the iw_encode_ext
structure: The structure is part of the 'extra' memory
but contains the key length explicitly, instead of it
just being the length of the extra buffer - size of
the struct and using the explicit key length only for
the get operation (which only writes it).
Therefore, we have this layout:
extra: +-------------------------+
| struct iw_encode_ext { |
| ... |
| u16 key_len; |
| u8 key[0]; |
| }; |
+-------------------------+
| key material |
+-------------------------+
Now, all drivers I checked use ext->key_len without
checking that both key_len and the struct fit into the
extra buffer that has been copied from userspace. This
leads to a buffer overrun while reading that buffer,
depending on the driver it may be possible to specify
arbitrary key_len or it may need to be a proper length
for the key algorithm specified.
Thankfully, this is only exploitable by root, but root
can actually cause a segfault or use kernel memory as
a key (which you can even get back with siocgiwencode
or siocgiwencodeext from the key buffer).
Fix this by verifying that key_len fits into the buffer
along with struct iw_encode_ext.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
be sent periodically. The rs_delay can be speficied when adding the
PRL entry and defaults to 15 minutes.
The RS is sent from every link local adress that's assigned to the
tunnel interface. It's directed to the (guessed) linklocal address
of the router and is sent through the tunnel.
Better: send to ff02::2 encapsuled in unicast directed to router-v4.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A tunnel with no local ipv4 endpoint would otherwise use the
ISATAP linklocal address fe80::5efe:0:0, which is invalid. Rather not
add a linklocal address at all.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Typo. When deleting a PRL entry, return status to userspace
instead of success.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check link device when looking up a tunnel. When a tunnel is
linked to a interface, traffic from a different interface must not
reach the tunnel.
This also allows creating of multiple tunnels with the same
endpoints, if the link device differs.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When locating the tunnel, do not continue if it is found. Otherwise
a different tunnel with similar configuration would be returned and
parts could be overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DHCP spec allows the server to specify the MTU. This can be useful
for netbooting with UDP-based NFS-root on a network using jumbo frames.
This patch allows the kernel IP autoconfiguration to handle this option
correctly.
It would be possible to use initramfs and add a script to set the MTU,
but that seems like a complicated solution if no initramfs is otherwise
necessary, and would bloat the kernel image more than this code would.
This patch was originally submitted to LKML in 2003 by Hans-Peter Jansen.
Signed-off-by: Chris Friesen <cfriesen@nortel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nlmsg_new() adds the size of the netlink header to the value
that has been passed as parameter. If NLMSG_GOODSIZE is selected,
we request an allocation of one memory page plus the size of the
header. Instead, NLMSG_DEFAULT_SIZE should be used since it
already substracts the size of the Netlink header.
I have the impression that the similar naming in both constant
is error prone when using it with nlmsg_new(). This is already
documented in include/net/netlink.h
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can slightly reduce size of teqlN structure, not duplicating stats
structure in teql_master but using stats field from net_device.stats
for tx_errors and from netdev_queue for tx_bytes/tx_packets/tx_dropped
values.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One point of contention in high network loads is the dst_release() performed
when a transmited skb is freed. This is because NIC tx completion calls
dev_kree_skb() long after original call to dev_queue_xmit(skb).
CPU cache is cold and the atomic op in dst_release() stalls. On SMP, this is
quite visible if one CPU is 100% handling softirqs for a network device,
since dst_clone() is done by other cpus, involving cache line ping pongs.
It seems right place to release dst is in dev_hard_start_xmit(), for most
devices but ones that are virtual, and some exceptions.
David Miller suggested to define a new device flag, set in alloc_netdev_mq()
(so that most devices set it at init time), and carefuly unset in devices
which dont want a NULL skb->dst in their ndo_start_xmit().
List of devices that must clear this flag is :
- loopback device, because it calls netif_rx() and quoting Patrick :
"ip_route_input() doesn't accept loopback addresses, so loopback packets
already need to have a dst_entry attached."
- appletalk/ipddp.c : needs skb->dst in its xmit function
- And all devices that call again dev_queue_xmit() from their xmit function
(as some classifiers need skb->dst) : bonding, vlan, macvlan, eql, ifb, hdlc_fr
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Holding rtnl_lock when we are unregistering the sysfs files can
deadlock if we unconditionally take rtnl_lock in a sysfs file. So fix
it with the now familiar patter of: rtnl_trylock and syscall_restart()
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sysctls are unregistered with the rntl_lock held making
it unsafe to unconditionally grab the the rtnl_lock. Instead
we need to call rtnl_trylock and restart the system call
if we can not grab it. Otherwise we could deadlock at unregistration
time.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just returning -ERESTARTSYS without a signal pending is not
good that will just leak it to userspace. We need return
-ERESTARTNOINTR so we always restart and set signal pending
so that we fall of the fast path of syscall return and setup
the system call restart.
So use restart_syscall() which does all of this for us.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The earlier patch to fix the deadlock between a network device going
away and writing to sysfs attributes was incomplete.
- It did not set signal_pending so we would leak ERSTARTSYS to user space.
- It used ERESTARTSYS which only restarts if sigaction configures it to.
- It did not cover store and show for ifalias.
So fix all of these up and use the new helper restart_syscall so we get
the details correct on what it takes.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New packet socket feature that makes packet socket more efficient for
transmission.
- It reduces number of system call through a PACKET_TX_RING mechanism,
based on PACKET_RX_RING (Circular buffer allocated in kernel space
which is mmapped from user space).
- It minimizes CPU copy using fragmented SKB (almost zero copy).
Signed-off-by: Johann Baudy <johann.baudy@gnu-log.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e81963b1 ("ipv4: Make INET_LRO a bool instead of tristate.")
changed this config from tristate to bool. Add default so that it is
consistent with the help text.
Signed-off-by: Frans Pop <elendil@planet.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When called with a consumed value that is less than skb_headlen(skb)
bytes into a page frag, skb_seq_read() incorrectly returns an
offset/length relative to skb->data. Ensure that data which should come
from a page frag does.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Chenault <thomas_chenault@dell.com>
Tested-by: Shyam Iyer <shyam_iyer@dell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gen_estimator can overflow bps (bytes per second) with Gb links, while
it was designed with a u32 API, with a theorical limit of 34360Mbit
(2^32 bytes)
Using 64 bit intermediate avbps/brate counters can allow us to reach
this theorical limit.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need for net/icmp.h header in net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c.
This patch removes the #include net/icmp.h from it.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can update netdev_queue tx_bytes/tx_packets/tx_dropped counters instead
of dev->stats ones, to reduce number of cache lines dirtied in xmit path.
This fixes a performance problem on SMP when many different cpus take
vlan tx path.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
offsetof(struct net_device, features)=0x44
offsetof(struct net_device, stats.tx_packets)=0x54
offsetof(struct net_device, stats.tx_bytes)=0x5c
offsetof(struct net_device, stats.tx_dropped)=0x6c
Network drivers that touch dev->stats.tx_packets/stats.tx_bytes in their
tx path can slow down SMP operations, since they dirty a cache line
that should stay shared (dev->features is needed in rx and tx paths)
We could move away stats field in net_device but it wont help that much.
(Two cache lines dirtied in tx path, we can do one only)
Better solution is to add tx_packets/tx_bytes/tx_dropped in struct
netdev_queue because this structure is already touched in tx path and
counters updates will then be free (no increase in size)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is illegal to dereference a skb after a successful ndo_start_xmit()
call. We must store skb length in a local variable instead.
Bug was introduced in 2.6.27 by commit 0abf77e55a
(net_sched: Add accessor function for packet length for qdiscs)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 518a09ef11 (tcp: Fix recvmsg MSG_PEEK influence of
blocking behavior) lets the loop run longer than the race check
did previously expect, so we need to be more careful with this
check and consider the work we have been doing.
I tried my best to deal with urg hole madness too which happens
here:
if (!sock_flag(sk, SOCK_URGINLINE)) {
++*seq;
...
by using additional offset by one but I certainly have very
little interest in testing that part.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Tested-by: Frans Pop <elendil@planet.nl>
Tested-by: Ian Zimmermann <itz@buug.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If bridge is configured with no STP and forwarding delay of 0 (which
is typical for virtualization) then when link starts it will flood all
packets for the first 20 seconds.
This bug was introduced by a combination of earlier changes:
* forwarding database uses hold time of zero to indicate
user wants to always flood packets
* optimzation of the case of forwarding delay of 0 avoids the initial
timer tick
The fix is to just skip all the topology change detection code if
kernel STP is not being used.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the bridge catches all STP packets; even if STP is turned
off. This prevents other systems (which do have STP turned on)
from being able to detect loops in the network.
With this patch, if STP is off, then any packet sent to the STP
multicast group address is forwarded to all ports.
Based on earlier patch by Joakim Tjernlund with changes
to go through forwarding (not local chain), and optimization
that only last octet needs to be checked.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct net_device trans_start field is a hot spot on SMP and high performance
devices, particularly multi queues ones, because every transmitter dirties
it. Is main use is tx watchdog and bonding alive checks.
But as most devices dont use NETIF_F_LLTX, we have to lock
a netdev_queue before calling their ndo_start_xmit(). So it makes
sense to move trans_start from net_device to netdev_queue. Its update
will occur on a already present (and in exclusive state) cache line, for
free.
We can do this transition smoothly. An old driver continue to
update dev->trans_start, while an updated one updates txq->trans_start.
Further patches could also put tx_bytes/tx_packets counters in
netdev_queue to avoid dirtying dev->stats (vlan device comes to mind)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When TCP frees up write buffer space, avoid waking up tasks that have
done a poll() or select() on the same socket specifying read-side
events.
This is an extension of a read-side patch by Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: John Dykstra <john.dykstra1@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a DHCP server is delayed, it's possible for the client to receive the
DHCPOFFER after it has already sent out a new DHCPDISCOVER message from
a second interface. The client then sends out a DHCPREQUEST from the
second interface, but the server doesn't recognize the device and
rejects the request.
This patch simply tracks the current device being configured and throws
away the OFFER if it is not intended for the current device. A more
sophisticated approach would be to put the OFFER information into the
struct ic_device rather than storing it globally.
Signed-off-by: Chris Friesen <cfriesen@nortel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It looks like the dev in netpoll_poll can be NULL - at lease it's
checked at the function beginning. Thus the dev->netde_ops dereference
looks dangerous.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can remove this lock here, since we are in cgroup write handler and
thus the cgrp is guaranteed to be valid, and no lock is needed when
writing a u32 variable.
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsuc.com>
Acked-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patch fixes issues with dev->dev_addr changing from array to pointer.
Hopefully there are no others.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/holtmann/bluetooth-2.6:
Bluetooth: Don't trigger disconnect timeout for security mode 3 pairing
Bluetooth: Don't use hci_acl_connect_cancel() for incoming connections
Bluetooth: Fix wrong module refcount when connection setup fails
Another case of me handling the fallout from Davem's unfortunate
addiction to shuffleboard.
Won't anybody think of the children? Join the anti-shuffleboard league
today!
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-2.6:
iwlwifi: fix device id registration for 6000 series 2x2 devices
ath5k: update channel in sw state after stopping RX and TX
rtl8187: use DMA-aware buffers with usb_control_msg
mac80211: avoid NULL ptr deref when finding max_rates in PID and minstrel
airo: airo_get_encode{,ext} potential buffer overflow
Pulled directly by Linus because Davem is off playing shuffle-board at
some Alaskan cruise, and the NULL ptr deref issue hits people and should
get merged sooner rather than later.
David - make us proud on the shuffle-board tournament!
There's this internal wifi_wme_noack_test variable that
we use to set the QoS control if set. For one, it is
unlikely that it is set. Secondly, if set it needs to
influence the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK TX control flag,
and finally we should also be able to set it at all, so
make it available in debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently mac80211 announces a rate set with no basic rates,
this fixes it to use 1/2 or 6/9 Mbit as basic rates by default.
Additionally, mac80211 will currently adopt the peer's entire
rate set, rather than just the basic rate set; fix that too.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Even when we find an IBSS with the SSID we're looking for, we
may not be able to connect to it because it has a key and we
don't, or vice versa. Avoid such situations by checking the
privacy capability bit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The time we wait for a probe response after probing an AP due to
beacon loss is currently the same as the monitoring interval, 2s.
This is far too long, APs should respond to probes within a
fraction of that time. To be able to adjust both values, add a
new constant IEEE80211_PROBE_WAIT, use it for checking the probe
response, and adjust it down to 200ms instead of 2 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The driver might keep reporting beacon loss until we
disassociate -- catch that and don't respond to any
subsequent events until the probe is either successful
or we disassociate.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Even though they are true, they cause sparse to complain
because it doesn't see the __acquires(dev_base_lock) on
dev_seq_start() because it is only added to the function
in net/core/dev.c, not the header file. To keep track of
the nesting correctly we should probably annotate those
functions publically, but for now let's just remove the
annotation I added to wext.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When setting a key with NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, we should allow the key
sequence number (RSC) to be set in order to allow replay protection to
work correctly for group keys. This patch documents this use for
nl80211 and adds the couple of missing pieces in nl80211/cfg80211 and
mac80211 to support this. In addition, WEXT SIOCSIWENCODEEXT compat
processing in cfg80211 is extended to handle the RSC (this was already
specified in WEXT, but just not implemented in cfg80211/mac80211).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT flag for NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE to
allow user space to indicate that it will control the IEEE 802.1X port
in station mode. Previously, mac80211 was always marking the port
authorized in station mode. This was enough when drop_unencrypted flag
was set. However, drop_unencrypted can currently be controlled only
with WEXT and the current nl80211 design does not allow fully secure
configuration. Fix this by providing a mechanism for user space to
control the IEEE 802.1X port in station mode (i.e., do the same that
we are already doing in AP mode).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is currently not possible to modify station flags, but that
capability would be very useful. This patch introduces a new
nl80211 attribute that contains a set/mask for station flags,
and updates the internal API (and mac80211) to mirror that.
The new attribute is parsed before falling back to the old so
that userspace can specify both (if it can) to work on all
kernels.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP was forgotten from sta_flags_policy. The previous
version added the flag due to the loop used in parse_station_flags,
but the proper behavior would be to allow nla_parse_nested() to go
through the policy for all flags.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move key handling wireless extension ioctls from mac80211 to cfg80211
so that all drivers that implement the cfg80211 operations get wext
compatibility.
Note that this drops the SIOCGIWENCODE ioctl support for getting
IW_ENCODE_RESTRICTED/IW_ENCODE_OPEN. This means that iwconfig will
no longer report "Security mode:open" or "Security mode:restricted"
for mac80211. However, what we displayed there (the authentication
algo used) was actually wrong -- linux/wireless.h states that this
setting is meant to differentiate between "Refuse non-encoded packets"
and "Accept non-encoded packets".
(Combined with "cfg80211: fix a couple of bugs with key ioctls". -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* 'for-2.6.30' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux:
nfsd: silence lockdep warning
lockd: fix list corruption on lockd restart
nfsd4: check for negative dentry before use in nfsv4 readdir
nfsd41: slots are freed with session
svcrdma: clean up error paths.
svcrdma: Fix dma map direction for rdma read targets
Currently, get_wireless_stats is racy by _design_. This is
because it returns a buffer, which needs to be statically
allocated since it cannot be freed if it was allocated
dynamically. Also, SIOCGIWSTATS and /proc/net/wireless use
no common lock, and /proc/net/wireless accesses are not
synchronised against each other. This is a design flaw in
get_wireless_stats since the beginning.
This patch fixes it by wrapping /proc/net/wireless accesses
with the RTNL so they are protected against each other and
SIOCGIWSTATS. The more correct method of fixing this would
be to pass in the buffer instead of returning it and have
the caller take care of synchronisation of the buffer, but
even then most drivers probably assume that their callback
is protected by the RTNL like all other wext callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On non-AP interfaces userspace has no business interfering with
the station management, this can confuse mac80211 (and other
drivers probably wouldn't support it anyway). Allow adding and
removing stations only on AP interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To make it more apparent in the code what is for wext
only (and needs to be #ifdef'ed) put all the info for
wext into a substruct in each wireless_dev.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The address pointed to by mac_addr can be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we disassociate, we set the channel to non-HT which
obviously invalidates any ht_operation_mode setting. But
when we then associate with the next AP again, we might
still have the ht_operation_mode from the previous AP
cached and fail to configure the hardware with the new
(but unchanged) operation mode. This patch fixes it by
separately tracking whether our cache is valid.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There really is no need to have a separate struct for a
single variable. The fact that it exists is due to the
code legacy, but we can remove that now. Very simple.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The call to ieee80211_hw_config() is supposed to apply changes
synchronously, so once it returns the parameters are applied to
the hardware. Thus, there really is no need to delay the probing
by the channel switch time again since the channel switch has
already happened once we get to this code.
Additionally, there is no need to wait for a NAV update (probe
delay) when the channel is passively scanned. Remove that extra
time too.
This cuts scanning time from over 7 seconds to under 4 on ar9170,
which is due to the number of channels scanned and ar9170's switch
time being advertised as 135ms (my test now indicates it is about
77ms with the current driver, but the difference might also be due
to using a different machine with different USB controllers).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is used, unprotected
Robust Action frames are not allowed prior to key configuration.
However, unprotected Deauthentication and Disassociation frames are
allowed at that point, but not after key configuration.
Make ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() handle the special cases for MFP by
separating the basic Data frame case from Management frame processing
and handle the Management frames only if MFP has been negotiated. In
addition, do not use sdata->drop_unencrypted for Management frames
since the decision on whether to accept the frame depends on the key
being configured.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When using nl80211, we do not have a mechanism to set
sdata->drop_unencrypted. Currently, this breaks code that is supposed
to drop unencrypted frames when protection is expected since
ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt() is optimized to not set rx->key when the
frame is not protected.
This patch modifies ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt() to set rx->key for all
frames and only skip decryption if the frame is not protected. This
allows ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() to correctly drop frames even if
drop_unencrypted is not set.
The changes here are not enough to handle all cases, though. Additional
patches will be needed to implement proper IEEE 802.1X PAE for station
mode (currently, this is only used for AP mode) and some additional
rules are needed for MFP to drop unprotected Robust Action frames prior
to having PTK and IGTK configured.
In theory, the unprotected frames could and should be dropped in
ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt(). However, due to the special case with EAPOL
frames that have to be allowed to be received unprotected even when
keys are set, it is simpler to only set rx->key and allow the
ieee80211_frame_allowed() function to handle the actual dropping of
data frames after 802.11->802.3 header conversion. In addition,
unprotected robust management frames are dropped before they are
processed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function to parse a struct iw_freq has a stupid bug,
it returns NULL when the channel cannot be found at all,
but NULL is supposed to mean "auto". Fix this by checking
the return value of ieee80211_get_channel() and returning
ERR_PTR(-EINVAL) if it returned NULL (channel not found).
This fixes an issue where you could say (in IBSS mode)
iwconfig wlan0 channel 21
and it would use channel 1 instead because that's the
first available channel with IBSS allowed (which is what
the "auto" setting uses).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We've never really cared about the default QoS (WMM) values, but
we really should if the AP doesn't send any. This patch makes
mac80211 use the default values according to 802.11-2007, and
additionally syncs the default values when we disassociate so
whatever the last AP said gets "unconfigured".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a software scan starts, it first sets sw_scanning, but
leaves the scan_channel "unset" (it currently actually gets
initialised to a default). Now, when something else tries
to (re)configure the hardware in the window between these two
events (after sw_scanning = true, but before scan_channel is
set), the current code switches to the (unset!) scan_channel.
This causes trouble, especially when switching bands and
sending frames on the wrong channel.
To work around this, leave scan_channel initialised to NULL
and use it to determine whether or not a switch to a different
channel should occur (and also use the same condition to check
whether to adjust power for scan or not).
Additionally, avoid reconfiguring the hardware completely when
recalculating idle resulted in no changes, this was the problem
that originally led us to discover the race condition in the
first place, which was helpfully bisected by Pavel. This part
of the patch should not be necessary with the other fixes, but
not calling the ieee80211_hw_config function when we know it to
be unnecessary is certainly a correct thing to do.
Unfortunately, this patch cannot and does not fix the race
condition completely, but due to the way the scan code is
structured it makes the particular problem Pavel discovered
(race while changing channel at the same time as transmitting
frames) go away. To fix it completely, more work especially
with locking configuration is needed.
Bisected-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE request must be able to indicate whether
management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is being used. mac80211 was
able to use MFP in client mode only with WEXT, but the new
NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute will allow this to be done with
nl80211, too.
Since we are currently using nl80211 for MFP only with drivers that
use user space SME, only MFP disabled and required values are
used. However, the NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute is an enum that can
be extended with MFP optional in the future, if that is needed with
some drivers (e.g., if the RSN IE is generated by the driver).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"There is another problem with this piece of code. The sband will be NULL
after second iteration on single band device and cause null pointer
dereference. Everything is working with dual band card. Sorry, but i
don't know how to explain this clearly in English. I have looked on the
second patch for pid algorithm and found similar bug."
Reported-by: Karol Szuster <qflon@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (26 commits)
bonding: fix panic if initialization fails
IXP4xx: complete Ethernet netdev setup before calling register_netdev().
IXP4xx: use "ENODEV" instead of "ENOSYS" in module initialization.
ipvs: Fix IPv4 FWMARK virtual services
ipv4: Make INET_LRO a bool instead of tristate.
net: remove stale reference to fastroute from Kconfig help text
net: update skb_recycle_check() for hardware timestamping changes
bnx2: Fix panic in bnx2_poll_work().
net-sched: fix bfifo default limit
igb: resolve panic on shutdown when SR-IOV is enabled
wimax: oops: wimax_dev_add() is the only one that can initialize the state
wimax: fix oops if netlink fails to add attribute
Bluetooth: Move dev_set_name() to a context that can sleep
netfilter: ctnetlink: fix wrong message type in user updates
netfilter: xt_cluster: fix use of cluster match with 32 nodes
netfilter: ip6t_ipv6header: fix match on packets ending with NEXTHDR_NONE
netfilter: add missing linux/types.h include to xt_LED.h
mac80211: pid, fix memory corruption
mac80211: minstrel, fix memory corruption
cfg80211: fix comment on regulatory hint processing
...
A remote device in security mode 3 that tries to connect will require
the pairing during the connection setup phase. The disconnect timeout
is now triggered within 10 milliseconds and causes the pairing to fail.
If a connection is not fully established and a PIN code request is
received, don't trigger the disconnect timeout. The either successful
or failing connection complete event will make sure that the timeout
is triggered at the right time.
The biggest problem with security mode 3 is that many Bluetooth 2.0
device and before use a temporary security mode 3 for dedicated
bonding.
Based on a report by Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Tested-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
The connection setup phase takes around 2 seconds or longer and in
that time it is possible that the need for an ACL connection is no
longer present. If that happens then, the connection attempt will
be canceled.
This only applies to outgoing connections, but currently it can also
be triggered by incoming connection. Don't call hci_acl_connect_cancel()
on incoming connection since these have to be either accepted or rejected
in this state. Once they are successfully connected they need to be
fully disconnected anyway.
Also remove the wrong hci_acl_disconn() call for SCO and eSCO links
since at this stage they can't be disconnected either, because the
connection handle is still unknown.
Based on a report by Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Tested-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
The module refcount is increased by hci_dev_hold() call in hci_conn_add()
and decreased by hci_dev_put() call in del_conn(). In case the connection
setup fails, hci_dev_put() is never called.
Procedure to reproduce the issue:
# hciconfig hci0 up
# lsmod | grep btusb -> "used by" refcount = 1
# hcitool cc <non-exisiting bdaddr> -> will get timeout
# lsmod | grep btusb -> "used by" refcount = 2
# hciconfig hci0 down
# lsmod | grep btusb -> "used by" refcount = 1
# rmmod btusb -> ERROR: Module btusb is in use
The hci_dev_put() call got moved into del_conn() with the 2.6.25 kernel
to fix an issue with hci_dev going away before hci_conn. However that
change was wrong and introduced this problem.
When calling hci_conn_del() it has to call hci_dev_put() after freeing
the connection details. This handling should be fully symmetric. The
execution of del_conn() is done in a work queue and needs it own calls
to hci_dev_hold() and hci_dev_put() to ensure that the hci_dev stays
until the connection cleanup has been finished.
Based on a report by Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Tested-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Add missed checking of dev_addr_init return value in alloc_netdev_mq.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
net/core/dev.c | 15 ++++++++++++---
1 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit ead2ceb0ec ("Network Drop Monitor:
Adding kfree_skb_clean for non-drops and modifying end-of-line points
for skbs") established new conventions for identifying dropped packets.
Align skb_kill_datagram() with these conventions so that packets that
get dropped just before the copy to userspace are properly tracked.
Signed-off-by: John Dykstra <john.dykstra1@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes the use of fwmarks to denote IPv4 virtual services
which was unfortunately broken as a result of the integration
of IPv6 support into IPVS, which was included in 2.6.28.
The problem arises because fwmarks are stored in the 4th octet
of a union nf_inet_addr .all, however in the case of IPv4 only
the first octet, corresponding to .ip, is assigned and compared.
In other words, using .all = { 0, 0, 0, htonl(svc->fwmark) always
results in a value of 0 (32bits) being stored for IPv4. This means
that one fwmark can be used, as it ends up being mapped to 0, but things
break down when multiple fwmarks are used, as they all end up being mapped
to 0.
As fwmarks are 32bits a reasonable fix seems to be to just store the fwmark
in .ip, and comparing and storing .ip when fwmarks are used.
This patch makes the assumption that in calls to ip_vs_ct_in_get()
and ip_vs_sched_persist() if the proto parameter is IPPROTO_IP then
we are dealing with an fwmark. I believe this is valid as ip_vs_in()
does fairly strict filtering on the protocol and IPPROTO_IP should
not be used in these calls unless explicitly passed when making
these calls for fwmarks in ip_vs_sched_persist().
Tested-by: Fabien Duchêne <fabien.duchene@student.uclouvain.be>
Cc: Joseph Mack NA3T <jmack@wm7d.net>
Cc: Julius Volz <julius.volz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code is used as a library by several device drivers,
which select INET_LRO.
If some are modules and some are statically built into the
kernel, we get build failures if INET_LRO is modular.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Karkare <akarkare@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge reason: tracing/core was on a .30-rc1 base and was missing out on
on a handful of tracing fixes present in .30-rc5-almost.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
By separating the freeing code from the refcounting decrementing.
Probably reducing icache pressure when we still have reference counts to
go.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit ac45f602ee ("net: infrastructure
for hardware time stamping") added two skb initialization actions to
__alloc_skb(), which need to be added to skb_recycle_check() as well.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Ohly <patrick.ohly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When no limit is given, the bfifo uses a default of tx_queue_len * mtu.
Packets handled by qdiscs include the link layer header, so this should
be taken into account, similar to what other qdiscs do.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a new wimax_dev is created, it's state has to be __WIMAX_ST_NULL
until wimax_dev_add() is succesfully called. This allows calls into
the stack that happen before said time to be rejected.
Until now, the state was being set (by mistake) to UNINITIALIZED,
which was allowing calls such as wimax_report_rfkill_hw() to go
through even when a call to wimax_dev_add() had failed; that was
causing an oops when touching uninitialized data.
This situation is normal when the device starts reporting state before
the whole initialization has been completed. It just has to be dealt
with.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
When sending a message to user space using wimax_msg(), if nla_put()
fails, correctly interpret the return code from wimax_msg_alloc() as
an err ptr and return the error code instead of crashing (as it is
assuming than non-NULL means the pointer is ok).
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
We are currently processing block ack reordering as a separate task
before all other RX handlers. In theory, this is wrong since this step
should be done only after duplicate removal (see Figure 6-1 in IEEE
802.11n). However, moving this needs some work and the current
situation is not too bad. Add a comment here so that this small detail
does not get forgotten and who knows, maybe someone has some extra
time to take a look at cleaning this up.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch allows skbs to be released from the RX reorder buffer in
case they have been there for an unexpectedly long time without us
having received the missing frames before them. Previously, these
frames were only released when the reorder window moved and that could
take very long time unless new frames were received constantly (e.g.,
TCP connections could be killed more or less indefinitely).
This situation should not happen very frequently, but it looks like
there are some scenarious that trigger it for some reason. As such,
this should be considered mostly a workaround to speed up recovery
from unexpected siutation that could result in connections hanging for
long periods of time.
The changes here will only check for timeout situation when adding new
RX frames to the reorder buffer. It does not handle all possible
cases, but seems to help for most cases that could result from common
network usage (e.g., TCP retrying at least couple of times). For more
completely coverage, a timer could be used to periodically check
whether there are any frames remaining in the reorder buffer if no new
frames are received.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No need to duplicate the same code in two places (and that would be
three after the followup patch).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/mac80211/mlme.c:2079:28: warning: symbol 'ssid_len' shadows an earlier one
net/mac80211/mlme.c:2022:12: originally declared here
ssid_len is already being declared and checked above so there is
no need for it again.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's not very helpful to see, in iwconfig, the current frequency
the card is tuned to if that frequency is currently somewhere
across the board because we're scanning. Since we keep track of
the frequency the user wants, display that instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixes sparse complaint:
CHECK net/wireless/nl80211.c
net/wireless/nl80211.c:3694:6:
warning: symbol 'nl80211_send_mlme_timeout'
was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we aren't doing anything in mac80211, we can turn off
much of the hardware, depending on the driver/hw. Not doing
anything, aka being idle, means:
* no monitor interfaces
* no AP/mesh/wds interfaces
* any station interfaces are in DISABLED state
* any IBSS interfaces aren't trying to be in a network
* we aren't trying to scan
By creating a new function that verifies these conditions and calling
it at strategic points where the states of those conditions change,
we can easily make mac80211 tell the driver when we are idle to save
power.
Additionally, this fixes a small quirk where a recalculated powersave
state is passed to the driver even if the hardware is about to stopped
completely.
This patch intentionally doesn't touch radio_enabled because that is
currently implemented to be a soft rfkill which is inappropriate here
when we need to be able to wake up with low latency.
One thing I'm not entirely sure about is this:
phy0: device no longer idle - in use
wlan0: direct probe to AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d try 1
wlan0 direct probe responded
wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d
wlan0: authenticated
> phy0: device now idle
> phy0: device no longer idle - in use
wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d
wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:24:91:07:4d (capab=0x401 status=0 aid=1)
wlan0: associated
Is it appropriate to go into idle state for a short time when we have
just authenticated, but not associated yet? This happens only with the
userspace SME, because we cannot really know how long it will wait
before asking us to associate. Would going idle after a short timeout
be more appropriate? We may need to revisit this, depending on what
happens.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To deter future rate scaling algorithm writers from requesting NO_ACK
packets to be retried, throw a WARN_ON_ONCE if the algorithm hands us
a try count over 1 for NO_ACK packet.
Signed-off-by: Gábor Stefanik <netrolller.3d@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make PID check for IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK instead of
is_multicast_ether_addr when determining whether to use the lowest
rate, and set the retry count to 0 (total try count = 1) if
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK is set.
Signed-off-by: Gábor Stefanik <netrolller.3d@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make the retry count zero (total try count = 1) for frames with
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK set.
Also remove the check for is_multicast_ether_addr in use_low_rate,
which is redundant because all multicasts have IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK
set.
Signed-off-by: Gábor Stefanik <netrolller.3d@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the IE buffer was allocated, the pub.information_elements pointer
was also changed to the allocated space. So we must not assume anymore
that the pointer points at the "found" tail.
So if it was allocated previously, take the codebranch that grows the
buffer size (if necessary) and put the data into the allocated buffer.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This removes an unnecessary ksize() call. krealloc() will do this
test internally and won't perform any allocation if the space is
already sufficient to hold the data.
So remove the redundant check.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/rfkill/rfkill.c: In function 'update_rfkill_state':
net/rfkill/rfkill.c:99: error: implicit declaration of function 'rfkill_led_trigger'
Caused by
: commit 492301fb5d
: Author: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
: Date: Thu Apr 9 22:14:19 2009 -0500
:
: rfkill: Fix broken rfkill LED in 2.6.30-rc1
Cc: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Cc: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 0ad8acaf "cfg80211: fix NULL pointer deference in
reg_device_remove()" added a check that last_request is non-NULL,
rendering the 2nd check superfluous. While there, rearrange the code a
bit so it's a little more straight forward.
Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Due to the use of a _REQ_DIRECT_PROBE bit, which is
unnecessary (and I wonder why it was done that way),
an interesting situation can arise:
1) we try to probe an access point
2) the AP doesn't response in time
3) we tell userspace that we gave up
4) the AP suddenly responds
5) we auth/assoc with the AP
I've seen 4) happen in testing with hostapd SIGSTOPped,
and when SIGCONTinued it processes the probe requests
that came in and send responses. But 5) is not supposed
to happen after we tell everybody we've given up on the
AP.
To fix this, remove the _REQ_DIRECT_PROBE request bit,
and process probe responses when we're in the relevant
MLME state, namely IEEE80211_STA_MLME_DIRECT_PROBE.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the direct probe times out, we need to send the authentication
timeout event to notify SME in the same way as we notify on timeout
with authentication frames since the direct probe is run as part of
the authentication attempt.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver
calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers
for all operations.
All calls are now written as
drv_<op>(local, ...);
instead of
local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...);
Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and
return default values as appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The config_interface method is a little strange, it contains the
BSSID and beacon updates, while bss_info_changed contains most
other BSS information for each interface. This patch removes
config_interface and rolls all the information it previously
passed to drivers into bss_info_changed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We currently have two beacon interval configuration knobs:
hw.conf.beacon_int and vif.bss_info.beacon_int. This is
rather confusing, even though the former is used when we
beacon ourselves and the latter when we are associated to
an AP.
This just deprecates the hw.conf.beacon_int setting in favour
of always using vif.bss_info.beacon_int. Since it touches all
the beaconing IBSS code anyway, we can also add support for
the cfg80211 IBSS beacon interval configuration easily.
NOTE: The hw.conf.beacon_int setting is retained for now due
to drivers still using it -- I couldn't untangle all
drivers, some are updated in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are some places marked
/* XXX maybe racy? */
and they really are racy because there's no locking.
This patch reworks much of the scan code, and introduces proper
locking for the scan request as well as the internal scanning
(which is necessary for IBSS/managed modes). Helper functions
are added to call the scanning code whenever necessary. The
scan deferring is changed to simply queue the scanning work
instead of trying to start the scan in place, the scanning work
will then take care of the rest.
Also, currently when internal scans are requested for an interface
that is trying to associate, we reject such scans. This was not
intended, the mlme code has provisions to scan twice when it can't
find the BSS to associate with right away; this has never worked
properly. Fix this by not rejecting internal scan requests for an
interface that is associating.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the IBSS code wants to scan, but that fails, we can
get stuck in a situation where you can never scan again.
Fix this by properly notifying ourselves when the scan
request has failed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Kalle points out that max_sleep_interval is somewhat confusing
because the value is measured in beacon intervals, and not in
TU. Rename it to max_sleep_period to be consistent with things
like DTIM period that are also measured in beacon intervals.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When somebody changes the PS parameters while scanning
is in progress, we enable PS -- during the scan. This
is clearly not desirable, and we can just abort enabling
PS when scanning since when the scan finishes it will
be taken care of.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are a few problems in the IBSS code:
a) it tries to activate interfaces that are down after scanning
b) it crashes after scanning on an IBSS iface that isn't active
c) since the ssid_len is used as a flag, need to make it visible
only after all other settings are set, this helps protect
against b)
For b), we get a system crash:
wlan0: Creating new IBSS network, BSSID ce:f9:88:76:1e:4d
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null)
IP: [<...>] ieee80211_sta_find_ibss+0x294/0x37d [mac80211]
Call Trace:
[<...>] ieee80211_ibss_notify_scan_completed+0x0/0x88 [mac80211]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
v5 -> v6 (current):
-removed so far unused static functions
-corrected dev_addr_del_multiple to call del instead of add
v4 -> v5:
-added device address type (suggested by davem)
-removed refcounting (better to have simplier code then safe potentially few
bytes)
v3 -> v4:
-changed kzalloc to kmalloc in __hw_addr_add_ii()
-ASSERT_RTNL() avoided in dev_addr_flush() and dev_addr_init()
v2 -> v3:
-removed unnecessary rcu read locking
-moved dev_addr_flush() calling to ensure no null dereference of dev_addr
v1 -> v2:
-added forgotten ASSERT_RTNL to dev_addr_init and dev_addr_flush
-removed unnecessary rcu_read locking in dev_addr_init
-use compare_ether_addr_64bits instead of compare_ether_addr
-use L1_CACHE_BYTES as size for allocating struct netdev_hw_addr
-use call_rcu instead of rcu_synchronize
-moved is_etherdev_addr into __KERNEL__ ifdef
This patch introduces a new list in struct net_device and brings a set of
functions to handle the work with device address list. The list is a replacement
for the original dev_addr field and because in some situations there is need to
carry several device addresses with the net device. To be backward compatible,
dev_addr is made to point to the first member of the list so original drivers
sees no difference.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the wrong message type that are triggered by
user updates, the following commands:
(term1)# conntrack -I -p tcp -s 1.1.1.1 -d 2.2.2.2 -t 10 --sport 10 --dport 20 --state LISTEN
(term1)# conntrack -U -p tcp -s 1.1.1.1 -d 2.2.2.2 -t 10 --sport 10 --dport 20 --state SYN_SENT
(term1)# conntrack -U -p tcp -s 1.1.1.1 -d 2.2.2.2 -t 10 --sport 10 --dport 20 --state SYN_RECV
only trigger event message of type NEW, when only the first is NEW
while others should be UPDATE.
(term2)# conntrack -E
[NEW] tcp 6 10 LISTEN src=1.1.1.1 dst=2.2.2.2 sport=10 dport=20 [UNREPLIED] src=2.2.2.2 dst=1.1.1.1 sport=20 dport=10 mark=0
[NEW] tcp 6 10 SYN_SENT src=1.1.1.1 dst=2.2.2.2 sport=10 dport=20 [UNREPLIED] src=2.2.2.2 dst=1.1.1.1 sport=20 dport=10 mark=0
[NEW] tcp 6 10 SYN_RECV src=1.1.1.1 dst=2.2.2.2 sport=10 dport=20 [UNREPLIED] src=2.2.2.2 dst=1.1.1.1 sport=20 dport=10 mark=0
This patch also removes IPCT_REFRESH from the bitmask since it is
not of any use.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch fixes a problem when you use 32 nodes in the cluster
match:
% iptables -I PREROUTING -t mangle -i eth0 -m cluster \
--cluster-total-nodes 32 --cluster-local-node 32 \
--cluster-hash-seed 0xdeadbeef -j MARK --set-mark 0xffff
iptables: Invalid argument. Run `dmesg' for more information.
% dmesg | tail -1
xt_cluster: this node mask cannot be higher than the total number of nodes
The problem is related to this checking:
if (info->node_mask >= (1 << info->total_nodes)) {
printk(KERN_ERR "xt_cluster: this node mask cannot be "
"higher than the total number of nodes\n");
return false;
}
(1 << 32) is 1. Thus, the checking fails.
BTW, I said this before but I insist: I have only tested the cluster
match with 2 nodes getting ~45% extra performance in an active-active setup.
The maximum limit of 32 nodes is still completely arbitrary. I'd really
appreciate if people that have more nodes in their setups let me know.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (30 commits)
e1000: fix virtualization bug
bonding: fix alb mode locking regression
Bluetooth: Fix issue with sysfs handling for connections
usbnet: CDC EEM support (v5)
tcp: Fix tcp_prequeue() to get correct rto_min value
ehea: fix invalid pointer access
ne2k-pci: Do not register device until initialized.
Subject: [PATCH] br2684: restore net_dev initialization
net: Only store high 16 bits of kernel generated filter priorities
virtio_net: Fix function name typo
virtio_net: Cleanup command queue scatterlist usage
bonding: correct the cleanup in bond_create()
virtio: add missing include to virtio_net.h
smsc95xx: add support for LAN9512 and LAN9514
smsc95xx: configure LED outputs
netconsole: take care of NETDEV_UNREGISTER event
xt_socket: checks for the state of nf_conntrack
bonding: bond_slave_info_query() fix
cxgb3: fixing gcc 4.4 compiler warning: suggest parentheses around operand of ‘!’
netfilter: use likely() in xt_info_rdlock_bh()
...
As packets ending with NEXTHDR_NONE don't have a last extension header,
the check for the length needs to be after the check for NEXTHDR_NONE.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Due to a semantic changes in flush_workqueue() the current approach of
synchronizing the sysfs handling for connections doesn't work anymore. The
whole approach is actually fully broken and based on assumptions that are
no longer valid.
With the introduction of Simple Pairing support, the creation of low-level
ACL links got changed. This change invalidates the reason why in the past
two independent work queues have been used for adding/removing sysfs
devices. The adding of the actual sysfs device is now postponed until the
host controller successfully assigns an unique handle to that link. So
the real synchronization happens inside the controller and not the host.
The only left-over problem is that some internals of the sysfs device
handling are not initialized ahead of time. This leaves potential access
to invalid data and can cause various NULL pointer dereferences. To fix
this a new function makes sure that all sysfs details are initialized
when an connection attempt is made. The actual sysfs device is only
registered when the connection has been successfully established. To
avoid a race condition with the registration, the check if a device is
registered has been moved into the removal work.
As an extra protection two flush_work() calls are left in place to
make sure a previous add/del work has been completed first.
Based on a report by Marc Pignat <marc.pignat@hevs.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Roger Quadros <ext-roger.quadros@nokia.com>
Tested-by: Marc Pignat <marc.pignat@hevs.ch>
pid doesn't count with some band having more bitrates than the one
associated the first time.
Fix that by counting the maximal available bitrate count and allocate
big enough space.
Secondly, fix touching uninitialized memory which causes panics.
Index sucked from this random memory points to the hell.
The fix is to sort the rates on each band change.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
minstrel doesn't count max rate count in fact, since it doesn't use
a loop variable `i' and hence allocs space only for bitrates found in
the first band.
Fix it by involving the `i' as an index so that it traverses all the
bands now and finds the real max bitrate count.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We forgot to lock using the cfg80211_mutex in
wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(). Without the lock
there is possible race between processing a reply from CRDA
and a driver calling wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(). During
the processing of the reply from CRDA we free last_request and
wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() eventually accesses an
element from last_request in the through freq_reg_info_regd().
This is very difficult to reproduce (I haven't), it takes us
3 hours and you need to be banging hard, but the race is obvious
by looking at the code.
This should only affect those who use this caller, which currently
is ath5k, ath9k, and ar9170.
EIP: 0060:[<f8ebec50>] EFLAGS: 00210282 CPU: 1
EIP is at freq_reg_info_regd+0x24/0x121 [cfg80211]
EAX: 00000000 EBX: f7ca0060 ECX: f5183d94 EDX: 0024cde0
ESI: f8f56edc EDI: 00000000 EBP: 00000000 ESP: f5183d44
DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 0033 SS: 0068
Process modprobe (pid: 14617, ti=f5182000 task=f3934d10 task.ti=f5182000)
Stack: c0505300 f7ca0ab4 f5183d94 0024cde0 f8f403a6 f8f63160 f7ca0060 00000000
00000000 f8ebedf8 f5183d90 f8f56edc 00000000 00000004 00000f40 f8f56edc
f7ca0060 f7ca1234 00000000 00000000 00000000 f7ca14f0 f7ca0ab4 f7ca1289
Call Trace:
[<f8ebedf8>] wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory+0x8f/0x122 [cfg80211]
[<f8f3f798>] ath_attach+0x707/0x9e6 [ath9k]
[<f8f45e46>] ath_pci_probe+0x18d/0x29a [ath9k]
[<c023c7ba>] pci_device_probe+0xa3/0xe4
[<c02a860b>] really_probe+0xd7/0x1de
[<c02a87e7>] __driver_attach+0x37/0x55
[<c02a7eed>] bus_for_each_dev+0x31/0x57
[<c02a83bd>] driver_attach+0x16/0x18
[<c02a78e6>] bus_add_driver+0xec/0x21b
[<c02a8959>] driver_register+0x85/0xe2
[<c023c9bb>] __pci_register_driver+0x3c/0x69
[<f8e93043>] ath9k_init+0x43/0x68 [ath9k]
[<c010112b>] _stext+0x3b/0x116
[<c014a872>] sys_init_module+0x8a/0x19e
[<c01049ad>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x21
[<ffffe430>] 0xffffe430
=======================
Code: 0f 94 c0 c3 31 c0 c3 55 57 56 53 89 c3 83 ec 14 8b 74 24 2c 89 54 24 0c 89 4c 24 08 85 f6 75
06 8b 35 c8 bb ec f8 a1 cc bb ec f8 <8b> 40 04 83 f8 03 74 3a 48 74 37 8b 43 28 85 c0 74 30 89 c6
8b
EIP: [<f8ebec50>] freq_reg_info_regd+0x24/0x121 [cfg80211] SS:ESP 0068:f5183d44
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Nataraj Sadasivam <Nataraj.Sadasivam@Atheros.com>
Reported-by: Vivek Natarajan <Vivek.Natarajan@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Another bug in the "cfg80211: do not replace BSS structs" patch,
a forgotten length update leads to bogus data being stored and
passed to userspace, often truncated.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The fragmentation threshold is defined to be including the
FCS, and the code that sets the TX_FRAGMENTED flag correctly
accounts for those four bytes. The code that verifies this
doesn't though, which could lead to spurious warnings and
frames being dropped although everything is ok. Correct the
code by accounting for the FCS.
(JWL -- The problem is described here:
http://article.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/32205 )
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net_create() will be used by C/R to create fresh netns on restart.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
copy_net_ns() doesn't copy anything, it creates fresh netns, so
get/put of old netns isn't needed.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_prequeue() refers to the constant value (TCP_RTO_MIN) regardless of
the actual value might be tuned. The following patches fix this and make
tcp_prequeue get the actual value returns from tcp_rto_min().
Signed-off-by: Satoru SATOH <satoru.satoh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This should be very safe compared with full enabled, so I see
no reason why it shouldn't be done right away. As ECN can only
be negotiated if the SYN sending party is also supporting it,
somebody in the loop probably knows what he/she is doing. If
SYN does not ask for ECN, the server side SYN-ACK is identical
to what it is without ECN. Thus it's quite safe.
The chosen value is safe w.r.t to existing configs which
choose to currently set manually either 0 or 1 but
silently upgrades those who have not explicitly requested
ECN off.
Whether to just enable both sides comes up time to time but
unless that gets done now we can at least make the servers
aware of ECN already. As there are some known problems to occur
if ECN is enabled, it's currently questionable whether there's
any real gain from enabling clients as servers mostly won't
support it anyway (so we'd hit just the negative sides). After
enabling the servers and getting that deployed, the client end
enable really has some potential gain too.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based almost entirely upon a patch by Eric Dumazet.
The common case is to have num-tx-queues <= num_rx_queues
and even if num_tx_queues is larger it will not be significantly
larger.
Therefore, a subtraction loop is always going to be faster than
modulus.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These fixes resolved crashes due to resource leak BUG_ON checks. The
resource leaks were detected by introducing asynchronous transport errors.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Commit 0ba25ff4c6 ("br2684: convert to
net_device_ops") inadvertently deleted the initialization of the net_dev
pointer in the br2684_dev structure, leading to crashes. This patch
adds it back.
Reported-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Rabin Vincent <rabin@rab.in>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel should only be using the high 16 bits of a kernel
generated priority. Filter priorities in all other cases only
use the upper 16 bits of the u32 'prio' field of 'struct tcf_proto',
but when the kernel generates the priority of a filter is saves all
32 bits which can result in incorrect lookup failures when a filter
needs to be deleted or modified.
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xt_socket can use connection tracking, and checks whether it is a module.
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Attila Toth <panther@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When skb_rx_queue_recorded() is true, we dont want to use jash distribution
as the device driver exactly told us which queue was selected at RX time.
jhash makes a statistical shuffle, but this wont work with 8 static inputs.
Later improvements would be to compute reciprocal value of real_num_tx_queues
to avoid a divide here. But this computation should be done once,
when real_num_tx_queues is set. This needs a separate patch, and a new
field in struct net_device.
Reported-by: Andrew Dickinson <andrew@whydna.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lennert Buytenhek wrote:
> Since 4fb6699481 ("net: Optimize memory
> usage when splicing from sockets.") I'm seeing this oops (e.g. in
> 2.6.30-rc3) when splicing from a TCP socket to /dev/null on a driver
> (mv643xx_eth) that uses LRO in the skb mode (lro_receive_skb) rather
> than the frag mode:
My patch incorrectly assumed skb->sk was always valid, but for
"frag_listed" skbs we can only use skb->sk of their parent.
Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Debugged-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Tested-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In "mac80211: correct wext transmit power handler"
I fixed the wext handler, but forgot to make the default of the
user_power_level -1 (aka "auto"), so that now the transmit power
is always set to 0, causing associations to time out and similar
problems since we're transmitting with very little power. Correct
this by correcting the default user_power_level to -1.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Bisected-by: Niel Lambrechts <niel.lambrechts@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
- ieee80211_wep_init(), which is called with rtnl_lock held, blocks in
request_module() [waiting for modprobe to load a crypto module].
- modprobe blocks in a call to flush_workqueue(), when it closes a TTY
[presumably when it exits].
- The workqueue item linkwatch_event() blocks on rtnl_lock.
There's no reason for wep_init() to be called with rtnl_lock held, so
just move it outside the critical section.
Signed-off-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The x_tables are organized with a table structure and a per-cpu copies
of the counters and rules. On older kernels there was a reader/writer
lock per table which was a performance bottleneck. In 2.6.30-rc, this
was converted to use RCU and the counters/rules which solved the performance
problems for do_table but made replacing rules much slower because of
the necessary RCU grace period.
This version uses a per-cpu set of spinlocks and counters to allow to
table processing to proceed without the cache thrashing of a global
reader lock and keeps the same performance for table updates.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clean up svc_one_sock_name() by setting up automatic variables for
frequently used expressions.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Add an arm to the switch statement in svc_one_sock_name() so it can
construct the name of PF_INET6 sockets properly.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Cc: Aime Le Rouzic <aime.le-rouzic@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Use snprintf() in one_sock_name() to prevent overflowing the output
buffer. If the name doesn't fit in the buffer, the buffer is filled
in with an empty string, and -ENAMETOOLONG is returned.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Adjust the synopsis of svc_sock_names() to pass in the size of the
output buffer. Add a documenting comment.
This is a cosmetic change for now. A subsequent patch will make sure
the buffer length is passed to one_sock_name(), where the length will
actually be useful.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Adjust the synopsis of svc_addsock() to pass in the size of the output
buffer. Add a documenting comment.
This is a cosmetic change for now. A subsequent patch will make sure
the buffer length is passed to one_sock_name(), where the length will
actually be useful.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
The svc_xprt_names() function can overflow its buffer if it's so near
the end of the passed in buffer that the "name too long" string still
doesn't fit. Of course, it could never tell if it was near the end
of the passed in buffer, since its only caller passes in zero as the
buffer length.
Let's make this API a little safer.
Change svc_xprt_names() so it *always* checks for a buffer overflow,
and change its only caller to pass in the correct buffer length.
If svc_xprt_names() does overflow its buffer, it now fails with an
ENAMETOOLONG errno, instead of trying to write a message at the end
of the buffer. I don't like this much, but I can't figure out a clean
way that's always safe to return some of the names, *and* an
indication that the buffer was not long enough.
The displayed error when doing a 'cat /proc/fs/nfsd/portlist' is
"File name too long".
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
The svc_addr_len() helper function returns -EAFNOSUPPORT if it doesn't
recognize the address family of the passed-in socket address. However,
the return type of this function is size_t, which means -EAFNOSUPPORT
is turned into a very large positive value in this case.
The check in svc_udp_recvfrom() to see if the return value is less
than zero therefore won't work at all.
Additionally, handle_connect_req() passes this value directly to
memset(). This could cause memset() to clobber a large chunk of memory
if svc_addr_len() has returned an error. Currently the address family
of these addresses, however, is known to be supported long before
handle_connect_req() is called, so this isn't a real risk.
Change the error return value of svc_addr_len() to zero, which fits in
the range of size_t, and is safer to pass to memset() directly.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Fix the following sparse warnings in net/sunrpc/svc_xprt.c.
warning: symbol 'svc_recv' was not declared. Should it be static?
warning: symbol 'svc_drop' was not declared. Should it be static?
warning: symbol 'svc_send' was not declared. Should it be static?
warning: symbol 'svc_close_all' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
The Bluetooth 2.1 specification introduced four different security modes
that can be mapped using Legacy Pairing and Simple Pairing. With the
usage of Simple Pairing it is required that all connections (except
the ones for SDP) are encrypted. So even the low security requirement
mandates an encrypted connection when using Simple Pairing. When using
Legacy Pairing (for Bluetooth 2.0 devices and older) this is not required
since it causes interoperability issues.
To support this properly the low security requirement translates into
different host controller transactions depending if Simple Pairing is
supported or not. However in case of Simple Pairing the command to
switch on encryption after a successful authentication is not triggered
for the low security mode. This patch fixes this and actually makes
the logic to differentiate between Simple Pairing and Legacy Pairing
a lot simpler.
Based on a report by Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth stack uses a reference counting for all established ACL
links and if no user (L2CAP connection) is present, the link will be
terminated to save power. The problem part is the dedicated pairing
when using Legacy Pairing (Bluetooth 2.0 and before). At that point
no user is present and pairing attempts will be disconnected within
10 seconds or less. In previous kernel version this was not a problem
since the disconnect timeout wasn't triggered on incoming connections
for the first time. However this caused issues with broken host stacks
that kept the connections around after dedicated pairing. When the
support for Simple Pairing got added, the link establishment procedure
needed to be changed and now causes issues when using Legacy Pairing
When using Simple Pairing it is possible to do a proper reference
counting of ACL link users. With Legacy Pairing this is not possible
since the specification is unclear in some areas and too many broken
Bluetooth devices have already been deployed. So instead of trying to
deal with all the broken devices, a special pairing timeout will be
introduced that increases the timeout to 60 seconds when pairing is
triggered.
If a broken devices now puts the stack into an unforeseen state, the
worst that happens is the disconnect timeout triggers after 120 seconds
instead of 4 seconds. This allows successful pairings with legacy and
broken devices now.
Based on a report by Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These are later assigned to other values without being used meanwhile.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In 2.6.25 we added UDP mem accounting.
This unfortunatly added a penalty when a frame is transmitted, since
we have at TX completion time to call sock_wfree() to perform necessary
memory accounting. This calls sock_def_write_space() and utimately
scheduler if any thread is waiting on the socket.
Thread(s) waiting for an incoming frame was scheduled, then had to sleep
again as event was meaningless.
(All threads waiting on a socket are using same sk_sleep anchor)
This adds lot of extra wakeups and increases latencies, as noted
by Christoph Lameter, and slows down softirq handler.
Reference : http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=124060437012283&w=2
Fortunatly, Davide Libenzi recently added concept of keyed wakeups
into kernel, and particularly for sockets (see commit
37e5540b3c
epoll keyed wakeups: make sockets use keyed wakeups)
Davide goal was to optimize epoll, but this new wakeup infrastructure
can help non epoll users as well, if they care to setup an appropriate
handler.
This patch introduces new DEFINE_WAIT_FUNC() helper and uses it
in wait_for_packet(), so that only relevant event can wakeup a thread
blocked in this function.
Trace of function calls from bnx2 TX completion bnx2_poll_work() is :
__kfree_skb()
skb_release_head_state()
sock_wfree()
sock_def_write_space()
__wake_up_sync_key()
__wake_up_common()
receiver_wake_function() : Stops here since thread is waiting for an INPUT
Reported-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this is the sctp code to enable hardware crc32c offload for
adapters that support it.
Originally by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
modified by Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a brand new GRO skb, we cannot call ip_hdr since the header
may lie in the non-linear area. This patch adds the helper
skb_gro_network_header to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The skb_gro_* code fails to handle the case where a header starts
in the linear area but ends in the frags area. Since the goal
of skb_gro_* is to optimise the case of completely non-linear
packets, we can simply bail out if we have anything in the linear
area.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now we have no upper limit on the size of the route cache hash table.
On a 128GB POWER6 box it ends up as 32MB:
IP route cache hash table entries: 4194304 (order: 9, 33554432 bytes)
It would be nice to cap this for memory consumption reasons, but a massive
hashtable also causes a significant spike when measuring OS jitter.
With a 32MB hashtable and 4 million entries, rt_worker_func is taking
5 ms to complete. On another system with more memory it's taking 14 ms.
Even though rt_worker_func does call cond_sched() to limit its impact,
in an HPC environment we want to keep all sources of OS jitter to a minimum.
With the patch applied we limit the number of entries to 512k which
can still be overriden by using the rt_entries boot option:
IP route cache hash table entries: 524288 (order: 6, 4194304 bytes)
With this patch rt_worker_func now takes 0.460 ms on the same system.
Signed-off-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I initially implemented this protocol, I disregarded the use of netlink
attribute headers, thinking for my purposes they weren't needed. I've come to
find out that, as I'm starting to work with sending down messages with
associated data (like config messages), the kernel code spits out warnings about
trailing data in a netlink skb that doesn't have an associated header on it. As
such, I'm going to start including attribute headers in my netlink transaction,
and so for completeness, I should likely include them on messages bound from the
kernel to user space. This patch adds that header to the kernel, and bumps the
protocol version accordingly
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When kernel inserts a temporary SA for IKE, it uses the wrong hash
value for dst list. Two hash values were calcultated before: one with
source address and one with a wildcard source address.
Bug hinted by Junwei Zhang <junwei.zhang@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IP MIB (RFC 4293) defines stats for InOctets, OutOctets, InMcastOctets and
OutMcastOctets:
http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4293
But it seems we don't track those in any way that easy to separate from other
protocols. This patch adds those missing counters to the stats file. Tested
successfully by me
With help from Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the VLAN event handler does not adjust the VLAN
device's carrier state when the real device or the VLAN device is set
administratively up or down.
The following patch adds a transfer of operating state from the
real device to the VLAN device when the real device is administratively
set up or down, and sets the carrier state up or down during init, open
and close of the VLAN device.
This permits observers above the VLAN device that care about the
carrier state (bonding's link monitor, for example) to receive updates
for administrative changes by more closely mimicing the behavior of real
devices.
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The nfs server rdma transport was mapping rdma read target pages for
TO_DEVICE instead of FROM_DEVICE. This causes data corruption on non
cache-coherent systems if frmrs are used.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
net/mac80211/tx.c: In function ‘ieee80211_tx_h_select_key’:
net/mac80211/tx.c:448: warning: ‘key’ may be used uninitialized in this function
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/rc.c: In function ‘ath_rc_rate_getidx’:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/rc.c:815: warning: ‘nextindex’ may be used uninitialized in this function
drivers/net/wireless/hostap/hostap_plx.c: In function ‘prism2_plx_probe’:
drivers/net/wireless/hostap/hostap_plx.c:438: warning: ‘cor_index’ may be used uninitialized in this function
drivers/net/wireless/hostap/hostap_plx.c:438: warning: ‘cor_offset’ may be used uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Related-to: commit 325fb5b4d2
The compat path suffers from a similar problem. It only uses a __be32
when all of the recent code uses, and expects, an nf_inet_addr
everywhere. As a result, addresses stored by xt_recents were
filled with whatever other stuff was on the stack following the be32.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
With a minor compile fix from Roman.
Reported-and-tested-by: Roman Hoog Antink <rha@open.ch>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds missing role attribute to the DCCP type, otherwise
the creation of entries is not of any use.
The attribute added is CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_ROLE which contains the
role of the conntrack original tuple.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Commit d0dba725 (netfilter: ctnetlink: add callbacks to the per-proto
nlattrs) changed the protocol registration function to abort if the
to-be registered protocol doesn't provide a new callback function.
The DCCP and UDP-Lite IPv6 protocols were missed in this conversion,
add the required callback pointer.
Reported-and-tested-by: Steven Jan Springl <steven@springl.ukfsn.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
From: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
net/iucv/af_iucv.c in net-next-2.6 is almost correct. 4 lines should
still be deleted. These are the remaining changes:
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SO_MSGLIMIT socket option modifies the message limit for new
IUCV communication paths.
The message limit specifies the maximum number of outstanding messages
that are allowed for connections. This setting can be lowered by z/VM
when an IUCV connection is established.
Expects an integer value in the range of 1 to 65535.
The default value is 65535.
The message limit must be set before calling connect() or listen()
for sockets.
If sockets are already connected or in state listen, changing the message
limit is not supported.
For reading the message limit value, unconnected sockets return the limit
that has been set or the default limit. For connected sockets, the actual
message limit is returned. The actual message limit is assigned by z/VM
for each connection and it depends on IUCV MSGLIMIT authorizations
specified for the z/VM guest virtual machine.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the skb cannot be copied to user iovec, always return -EFAULT.
The skb is enqueued again, except MSG_PEEK flag is set, to allow user space
applications to correct its iovec pointer.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides the socket type SOCK_SEQPACKET in addition to
SOCK_STREAM.
AF_IUCV sockets of type SOCK_SEQPACKET supports an 1:1 mapping of
socket read or write operations to complete IUCV messages.
Socket data or IUCV message data is not fragmented as this is the
case for SOCK_STREAM sockets.
The intention is to help application developers who write
applications or device drivers using native IUCV interfaces
(Linux kernel or z/VM IUCV interfaces).
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow 'classification' of socket data that is sent or received over
an af_iucv socket. For classification of data, the target class of an
(native) iucv message is used.
This patch provides the cmsg interface for iucv_sock_recvmsg() and
iucv_sock_sendmsg(). Applications can use the msg_control field of
struct msghdr to set or get the target class as a
"socket control message" (SCM/CMSG).
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch allows to send and receive data in the parameter list of an
iucv message.
The parameter list is an arry of 8 bytes that are used by af_iucv as
follows:
0..6 7 bytes for socket data and
7 1 byte to store the data length.
Instead of storing the data length directly, the difference
between 0xFF and the data length is used.
This convention does not interfere with the existing use of PRM
messages for shutting down the send direction of an AF_IUCV socket
(shutdown() operation). Data lenghts greater than 7 (or PRM message
byte 8 is less than 0xF8) denotes to special messages.
Currently, the special SEND_SHUTDOWN message is supported only.
To use IPRM messages, both communicators must set the IUCV_IPRMDATA
flag during path negotiation, i.e. in iucv_connect() and
path_pending().
To be compatible to older af_iucv implementations, sending PRM
messages is controlled by the socket option SO_IPRMDATA_MSG.
Receiving PRM messages does not depend on the socket option (but
requires the IUCV_IPRMDATA path flag to be set).
Sending/Receiving data in the parameter list improves performance for
small amounts of data by reducing message_completion() interrupts and
memory copy operations.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide the socket operations getsocktopt() and setsockopt() to enable/disable
sending of data in the parameter list of IUCV messages.
The patch sets respective flag only.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the af_iucv communication partner quiesces the path to shutdown its
receive direction, provide a quiesce callback implementation to shutdown
the (local) send direction. This ensures that both sides are synchronized.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the IUCV commands can be invoked in interrupt context.
Those commands need a different per-cpu IUCV command parameter block,
otherwise they might overwrite an IUCV command parameter of a not yet
finished IUCV command invocation in process context.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SME needs to be notified when the authentication or association
attempt times out and MLME has stopped processing in order to allow
the SME to decide what to do next.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The maximum sleep interval, for powersave purposes, is
determined by the DTIM period (it may not be larger)
and the required networking latency (it must be small
enough to fulfil those constraints).
This makes mac80211 calculate the maximum sleep interval
based on those constraints, and pass it to the driver.
Then the driver should instruct the device to sleep at
most that long.
Note that the device is responsible for aligning the
maximum sleep interval between DTIMs, we make sure it's
not longer but it needs to make sure it's between them.
Also, group some powersave documentation together and
make it more explicit that we support managed mode only,
and no IBSS powersaving (yet).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make the JOIN_IBSS command look at the beacon interval
attribute to see if the user requested a specific beacon
interval, if not default to 100 TU (wext too).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just setting IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS should be sufficient
for changes in the power saving things. The driver already
tells us whether it wants notification of dynps via the
"have dynps support" hw flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Stephen Rothwell reported these warnings from a 32-bit build:
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1771: warning: left shift count >= width of type
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1772: warning: left shift count >= width of type
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1773: warning: left shift count >= width of type
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1774: warning: left shift count >= width of type
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1775: warning: left shift count >= width of type
This shows a bug in my code -- BIT(X) uses just "1 << X" which means
a 32-bit integer on 32-bit platforms, but the code here needs a u64
on all platforms. Fix this by using "1ULL << X" instead of BIT(X).
Thanks Stephen!
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the RCU locking here we sleep while in an atomic context,
since we can sleep just use mutex locking for the interface
list instead of RCU. Sorry, seems I didn't get that in my UML
test.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TIM IE must not be shorter than 4 bytes, so verify that
when parsing it and use the proper type. To ease that adjust
struct ieee80211_tim_ie to have a virtual bitmap of size
at least 1.
Also check that the TIM IE is actually present before trying
to parse it!
Because other people may need the function, make it a static
inline in ieee80211.h.
(The original "mac80211: validate TIM IE length" was a minimal fix for
2.6.30. This purports to be the full, correct fix. -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The fact that these are exported is a technical detail
of the conversion period -- we don't want anybody to
start relying on these. Ultimately we want things to
use cfg80211 only, and once everything that is in wext
is converted to cfg80211 drivers will not need to touch
wext _at all_.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we leave an IBSS, we should clear the SSID and not just the
BSSID, but since WEXT allows configuring while the interface is
down we must not clear it when leaving due to taking the iface
down, so some complications are needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new nl80211 attributes that can be used with NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY
and NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to manage fragmentation/RTS threshold and
retry limits.
Since these values are stored in struct wiphy, remove the local copy
from mac80211 where feasible (frag & rts threshold). The retry limits
are currently needed in struct ieee80211_conf, but these could be
eventually removed since the driver should have access to the values
in struct wiphy.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Trying to separate header files into net/wireless.h and
net/cfg80211.h has been a source of confusion. Remove
net/wireless.h (because there also is the linux/wireless.h)
and subsume everything into net/cfg80211.h -- except the
definitions for regulatory structures which get moved to
a new header net/regulatory.h.
The "new" net/cfg80211.h is now divided into sections.
There are no real changes in this patch but code shuffling
and some very minor documentation fixes.
I have also, to make things reflect reality, put in a
copyright line for Luis to net/regulatory.h since that
is probably exclusively written by him but was formerly
in a file that only had my copyright line.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This converts mac80211 to the new cfg80211 IBSS API, the
wext handling functions are called where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds IBSS API along with (preliminary) wext handlers.
The wext handlers can only do IBSS so you need to call them
from your own wext handlers if the mode is IBSS.
The nl80211 API requires
* an SSID
* a channel (frequency) for the case that a new IBSS
has to be created
It optionally supports
* a flag to fix the channel
* a fixed BSSID
The cfg80211 code also takes care to leave the IBSS before
the netdev is set down. If wireless extensions are used, it
also caches values when the interface is down and instructs
the driver to join when the interface is set up.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we have ->deauth and ->disassoc we can support the
wext SIWMLME call directly without driver wext handlers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When listing all wireless netdevs in the system this
is useful to print which wiphy they belong to. Just
add the attribute, any program that doesn't care will
just ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch sets IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT for outgoing
frames for a half-wake station.
this is necessary if one wants to get ps-poll working properly with a p54 ap.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can allow scan requests in AP mode as long as the interface has not
yet been configured to send out Beacon frames (or if beaconing has
been disabled prior to the scan request). This makes it easier to scan
for neighboring BSSes during AP initialization and makes it possible
to run a scan without setting the interface down, if needed. Without
this change, the only available option would be to set the interface
down, move into station mode, and set the interface up, prior to
requesting the scan.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Enable PS by default (depending on Kconfig) -- rely on drivers
to control the level using pm_qos. Due to the previous patch
we turn off PS when necessary due to latency requirements.
This has a Kconfig symbol so people can, if they really want,
configure the default in their kernels. We may want to keep it
at "default y" only in wireless-testing for a while.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Regardless of whether the hardware implements beacon filtering,
there's no need to process all beacons in software all the time
throughout the stack (mac80211 does a lot, then cfg80211, then
in the future possibly userspace).
This patch implements the "best possible" beacon filtering in
mac80211. "Best possible" means that it can look for changes in
all requested information elements, and distinguish vendor IEs
by their OUI.
In the future, we will add nl80211 API for userspace to request
information elements and vendor IE OUIs to watch -- drivers can
then implement the best they can do while software implements
it fully.
It is unclear whether or not this actually saves CPU time, but
the data is all in the cache already so it should be fairly
cheap. The additional _testing_, however, has great benefit;
Without this, and on hardware that doesn't implement beacon
filtering, wrong assumptions about, for example, scan result
updates could quickly creep into code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When an application asks for a latency lower than the beacon interval
there's nothing we can do -- we need to stay awake and not have the
AP buffer frames for us. Add code to automatically calculate this
constraint in mac80211 so drivers need not concern themselves with it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When you have multiple virtual interfaces the current
implementation requires setting them up properly from
userspace, which is undesirable when we want to default
to power save mode. Keep track of powersave requested
from userspace per managed mode interface, and only
enable powersave globally when exactly one managed mode
interface is active and has powersave turned on.
Second, only start the dynPS timer when PS is turned
on, and properly turn it off when PS is turned off.
Third, fix the scan_sdata abuse in the dynps code.
Finally, also reorder the code and refactor the code
that enables PS or the dynps timer instead of having
it copied in two places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some hardware defects may require the hardware to be re-initialised
completely from scratch. Drivers would need much information (for
instance the current MAC address, crypto keys, beaconing information,
etc.) stored duplicated from mac80211 to be able to do this, so let
mac80211 help them.
The new ieee80211_restart_hw() function requires the same code as
resuming, so move that code into a new ieee80211_reconfig() function
in util.c and leave only the suspend code in pm.c.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
That will make the various cases where the WARN_ON
can happen distinguishable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The rfkill system fails to issue a LED trigger event when the rfkill state
changes.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the normal WPA or RSN case keys are only configured after
associating, so we should do that in that order when resuming
as well. It shouldn't really matter since we do not send any
data at either point, but iwlwifi prefers it this way and it
does seem more natural.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds the necessary code and fields to let drivers specify
their cipher capabilities and exports them to userspace. Also
update mac80211 to export the ciphers it has.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This informs userspace when a change has occured on a world
roaming wiphy's channel which has lifted some restrictions
due to a regulatory beacon hint.
Because this is now sent to userspace through the regulatory
multicast group we remove the debug prints we used to use as
they are no longer necessary.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds a netlink channel put helper, nl80211_msg_put_channel(),
which we will also make use of later for the beacon hints events.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As part of our documented API we always respect the orig_flag
settings on a channel. We forgot to follow this for the beacon
hints.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When using nl80211 association, we need to send association response
with a failure code to user space SME instead of just internally
trying to send out the same (re)association request again couple of
times. This fixes problems in association process getting stuck on a
failure when user space is not notified in any way that something
actually failed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Include the HT capabilities in the probe request frame.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of just passing the cfg80211-requested IEs, pass
the locally generated ones as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces a new attribute for a wiphy that tells
userspace how long the information elements added to a probe
request frame can be at most. It also updates the at76 to
advertise that it cannot support that, and, for now until I
can fix that, iwlwifi too.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added cfg80211_inform_bss() for full-mac devices to use.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It really belongs into that file since it is only relevant
for managed mode. Move 1:1, not even whitespace changes,
but make it static and remove from header file.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Define a new nl80211 event, NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, to be
used to notify user space about locally detected Michael MIC failures.
This matches with the MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive.
Since we do not actually have TSC in the skb anymore when
mac80211_ev_michael_mic_failure() is called, that function is changed
to take in the TSC as an optional parameter instead of as a
requirement to include the TSC after the hdr field (which we did not
really follow). For now, TSC is not included in the events from
mac80211, but it could be added at some point.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously, nl80211 mlme events were generated only for received
deauthentication and disassociation frames. We need to do the same for
locally generated ones in order to let applications know that we
disconnected (e.g., when AP does not reply to a probe). Rename the
nl80211 and cfg80211 functions (s/rx_//) to make it clearer that they
are used for both received and locally generated frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is a required parameter for
NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE. We are currently (by chance) defaulting to
open system authentication if the attribute is not specified. It is
better to just reject the invalid command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove duplicated #include in net/wireless/core.h.
Signed-off-by: Huang Weiyi <weiyi.huang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's a lot of rfkill-input code that cannot ever be
compiled and is useless until somebody needs and tests
it -- therefore remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Almost all drivers do not support user_claim, so remove it
completely and always report -EOPNOTSUPP to userspace. Since
userspace cannot really drive rfkill _anyway_ (due to the
odd restrictions imposed by the documentation) having this
code is just pointless.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I only did superficial review, but these constants are stupid
to have and without proper warnings nobody will review the
code anyway, no amount of shouting will help.
Also fix wimax to use correct states.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch changes nl80211 to:
* validate that any IE input is a valid IE (stream)
* move some validation code before locking
* require that a reason code is given for both deauth/disassoc
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes a stupid bug introduced in 25f85c31d4f..
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes a (bogus?) gcc warning during compilation:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_netlink.c🔢 warning: 'helpname' may be used uninitialized in this function
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_netlink.c:991: warning: 'helpname' may be used uninitialized in this function
In fact, helpname is initialized by ctnetlink_parse_help() so
I cannot see a way to use it without being initialized.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patch "af_rose/x25: Sanity check the maximum user frame size"
(commit 83e0bbcbe2) from Alan Cox got
locking wrong. If we bail out due to user frame size being too large,
we must unlock the socket beforehand.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NetLabel address selector mechanism has a problem where it can get
mistakenly remove the wrong selector when similar addresses are used. The
problem is caused when multiple addresses are configured that have different
netmasks but the same address, e.g. 127.0.0.0/8 and 127.0.0.0/24. This patch
fixes the problem.
Reported-by: Etienne Basset <etienne.basset@numericable.fr>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Tested-by: Etienne Basset <etienne.basset@numericable.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AF_IUCV runs into a race when queuing incoming iucv messages
and receiving the resulting backlog.
If the Linux system is under pressure (high load or steal time),
the message queue grows up, but messages are not received and queued
onto the backlog queue. In that case, applications do not
receive any data with recvmsg() even if AF_IUCV puts incoming
messages onto the message queue.
The race can be avoided if the message queue spinlock in the
message_pending callback is spreaded across the entire callback
function.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add few more sk states in iucv_sock_shutdown().
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reject incoming iucv messages if the receive direction has been shut down.
It avoids that the queue of outstanding messages increases and exceeds the
message limit of the iucv communication path.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If iucv_sock_recvmsg() is called with MSG_PEEK flag set, the skb is enqueued
twice. If the socket is then closed, the pointer to the skb is freed twice.
Remove the skb_queue_head() call for MSG_PEEK, because the skb_recv_datagram()
function already handles MSG_PEEK (does not dequeue the skb).
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure a second invocation of iucv_sock_close() guarantees proper
freeing of an iucv path.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In non-SMP mode, the variable section attribute specified by DECLARE_PER_CPU()
does not agree with that specified by DEFINE_PER_CPU(). This means that
architectures that have a small data section references relative to a base
register may throw up linkage errors due to too great a displacement between
where the base register points and the per-CPU variable.
On FRV, the .h declaration says that the variable is in the .sdata section, but
the .c definition says it's actually in the .data section. The linker throws
up the following errors:
kernel/built-in.o: In function `release_task':
kernel/exit.c:78: relocation truncated to fit: R_FRV_GPREL12 against symbol `per_cpu__process_counts' defined in .data section in kernel/built-in.o
kernel/exit.c:78: relocation truncated to fit: R_FRV_GPREL12 against symbol `per_cpu__process_counts' defined in .data section in kernel/built-in.o
To fix this, DECLARE_PER_CPU() should simply apply the same section attribute
as does DEFINE_PER_CPU(). However, this is made slightly more complex by
virtue of the fact that there are several variants on DEFINE, so these need to
be matched by variants on DECLARE.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
When checking whether or not a given frame needs to be
moved to be properly aligned to a 4-byte boundary, we
use & 4 which wasn't intended, this code should check
the lowest two bits.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is expected that config interface will always succeed as mac80211
will only request what driver supports. The exception here is when a
device has rfkill enabled. At this time the rfkill state is unknown to
mac80211 and config interface can fail. When this happens we deal with
this error instead of printing a WARN.
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
aio_write gets const struct iovec * but tun_chr_aio_write casts this to struct
iovec * and modifies the iovec. As a result, attempts to use io_submit
to send packets to a tun device fail with weird errors such as EINVAL.
Since tun is the only user of skb_copy_datagram_from_iovec, we can
fix this simply by changing the later so that it does not
touch the iovec passed to it.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's an skb_copy_datagram_iovec() to copy out of a paged skb,
but it modifies the iovec, and does not support starting
at an offset in the destination. We want both in tun.c, so let's
add the function.
It's a carbon copy of skb_copy_datagram_iovec() with enough changes to
be annoying.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"mac80211: fix basic rates setting from association response"
introduced a copy/paste error.
Unfortunately, this not just leads to wrong data being passed
to the driver but is remotely exploitable for some hardware or
driver combinations.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.29]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently beacon loss detection triggers after a scan. A probe request
is sent and a message like this is printed to the log:
wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:12:17:e7:98:de - sending probe request
But in fact there is no beacon loss, the beacons are just not received
because of the ongoing scan. Fix it by updating last_beacon after
the scan has finished.
Reported-by: Jaswinder Singh Rajput <jaswinder@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
One of the code paths sending deauth/disassoc events ends up calling
this function with rcu_read_lock held, so we must use GFP_ATOMIC in
allocation routines.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove this unused Kconfig variable, which Intel apparently once
promised to make use of but never did.
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
br_nf_dev_queue_xmit only checks for ETH_P_IP packets for fragmenting but not
VLAN packets. This results in dropping of large VLAN packets. This can be
observed when connection tracking is enabled. Connection tracking re-assembles
fragmented packets, and these have to re-fragmented when transmitting out. Also,
make sure only refragmented packets are defragmented as per suggestion from
Patrick McHardy.
Signed-off-by: Saikiran Madugula <hummerbliss@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
last_synq_overflow eats 4 or 8 bytes in struct tcp_sock, even
though it is only used when a listening sockets syn queue
is full.
We can (ab)use rx_opt.ts_recent_stamp to store the same information;
it is not used otherwise as long as a socket is in listen state.
Move linger2 around to avoid splitting struct mtu_probe
across cacheline boundary on 32 bit arches.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This loop over fragments in napi_fraginfo_skb() was "interesting".
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just noticed while doing some new work that the recent
mid-wq adjustment logic will misbehave when FACK is not
in use (happens either due sysctl'ed off or auto-detected
reordering) because I forgot the relevant TCPCB tagbit.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alex Sidorenko reported:
"while experimenting with 'netem' we have found some strange behaviour. It
seemed that ingress delay as measured by 'ping' command shows up on some
hosts but not on others.
After some investigation I have found that the problem is that skbuff->tstamp
field value depends on whether there are any packet sniffers enabled. That
is:
- if any ptype_all handler is registered, the tstamp field is as expected
- if there are no ptype_all handlers, the tstamp field does not show the delay"
This patch prevents unnecessary update of tstamp in dev_queue_xmit_nit()
on ingress path (with act_mirred) adding a check, so minimal overhead on
the fast path, but only when sniffers etc. are active.
Since netem at ingress seems to logically emulate a network before a host,
tstamp is zeroed to trigger the update and pretend delays are from the
outside.
Reported-by: Alex Sidorenko <alexandre.sidorenko@hp.com>
Tested-by: Alex Sidorenko <alexandre.sidorenko@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This has been broken for a while. I happened to catch it testing because one
app "knew" that the top line of the calls data was the policy line and got
confused.
Put the header back.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Broadcom chips with 2.1 firmware handle the fallback case to a SCO
link wrongly when setting up eSCO connections.
< HCI Command: Setup Synchronous Connection (0x01|0x0028) plen 17
handle 11 voice setting 0x0060
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Setup Synchronous Connection (0x01|0x0028) status 0x00 ncmd 1
> HCI Event: Connect Complete (0x03) plen 11
status 0x00 handle 1 bdaddr 00:1E:3A:xx:xx:xx type SCO encrypt 0x01
The Link Manager negotiates the fallback to SCO, but then sends out
a Connect Complete event. This is wrong and the Link Manager should
actually send a Synchronous Connection Complete event if the Setup
Synchronous Connection has been used. Only the remote side is allowed
to use Connect Complete to indicate the missing support for eSCO in
the host stack.
This patch adds a workaround for this which clearly should not be
needed, but reality is that broken Broadcom devices are deployed.
Based on a report by Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtman <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some Bluetooth chips (like the ones from Texas Instruments) don't do
proper eSCO negotiations inside the Link Manager. They just return an
error code and in case of the Kyocera ED-8800 headset it is just a
random error.
< HCI Command: Setup Synchronous Connection 0x01|0x0028) plen 17
handle 1 voice setting 0x0060
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Setup Synchronous Connection (0x01|0x0028) status 0x00 ncmd 1
> HCI Event: Synchronous Connect Complete (0x2c) plen 17
status 0x1f handle 257 bdaddr 00:14:0A:xx:xx:xx type eSCO
Error: Unspecified Error
In these cases it is up to the host stack to fallback to a SCO setup
and so retry with SCO parameters.
Based on a report by Nick Pelly <npelly@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There is a missing call to rfcomm_dlc_clear_timer in the case that
DEFER_SETUP is used and so the connection gets disconnected after the
timeout even if it was successfully accepted previously.
This patch adds a call to rfcomm_dlc_clear_timer to rfcomm_dlc_accept
which will get called when the user accepts the connection by calling
read() on the socket.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Check whether the underlying device provides a set of ethtool ops before
checking for individual handlers to avoid NULL pointer dereferences.
Reported-by: Art van Breemen <ard@telegraafnet.nl>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TIM IE must not be shorter than 4 bytes, so verify that
when parsing it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead, allocate extra IE memory if necessary. Normally,
this isn't even necessary since there's enough space.
This is a better way of correcting the "held BSS can
disappear" issue, but also a lot more code. It is also
necessary for proper auth/assoc BSS handling in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we receive a probe response frame we can replace the
BSS struct in our list -- but if that struct is held then
we need to hold the new one as well.
We really should fix this completely and not replace the
struct, but this is a bandaid for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using the scan_sdata variable here is terribly wrong,
if there has never been a scan then we fail. However,
we need a bandaid...
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.29]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With this patch, nfnetlink returns -ENOMEM instead of -EPERM if we
fail to create the nfnetlink netlink socket during the module
loading. This is exactly what rtnetlink does in this case.
Ideally, it would be better if we propagate the error that has
happened in netlink_kernel_create(), however, this function still
does not implement this yet.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch fixes an inconsistency that results in no error reports
to user-space listeners if we fail to allocate the event message.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
inet_register_protosw() function is responsible for adding a new
inet protocol into a global table (inetsw[]) that is used with RCU rules.
As soon as the store of the pointer is done, other cpus might see
this new protocol in inetsw[], so we have to make sure new protocol
is ready for use. All pending memory updates should thus be committed
to memory before setting the pointer.
This is correctly done using rcu_assign_pointer()
synchronize_net() is typically used at unregister time, after
unsetting the pointer, to make sure no other cpu is still using
the object we want to dismantle. Using it at register time
is only adding an artificial delay that could hide a real bug,
and this bug could popup if/when synchronize_rcu() can proceed
faster than now.
This saves about 13 ms on boot time on a HZ=1000 8 cpus machine ;)
(4 calls to inet_register_protosw(), and about 3200 us per call)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After calling skb_gro_receive skb->len can no longer be relied
on since if the skb was merged using frags, then its pages will
have been removed and the length reduced.
This caused tcp_gro_receive to prematurely end merging which
resulted in suboptimal performance with ixgbe.
The fix is to store skb->len on the stack.
Reported-by: Mark Wagner <mwagner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit ead2ceb0ec ("Network Drop
Monitor: Adding kfree_skb_clean for non-drops and modifying
end-of-line points for skbs") so called end-of-line points for skb's
should use consume_skb() to free the socket buffer.
In opposite to consume_skb() the function kfree_skb() is intended to
be used for unexpected skb drops e.g. in error conditions that now can
trigger the network drop monitor if enabled.
This patch moves the skb end-of-line point in af_can.c to use
consume_skb().
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The removal of the SAME target accidentally removed one feature that is
not available from the normal NAT targets so far, having multi-range
mappings that use the same mapping for each connection from a single
client. The current behaviour is to choose the address from the range
based on source and destination IP, which breaks when communicating
with sites having multiple addresses that require all connections to
originate from the same IP address.
Introduce a IP_NAT_RANGE_PERSISTENT option that controls whether the
destination address is taken into account for selecting addresses.
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12954
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
mac80211: Fragmentation threshold (typo)
ieee80211_ioctl_siwfrag() sets the fragmentation_threshold to 2352
when frame fragmentation is to be disabled, yet the corresponding
'get' function tests for 2353 bytes instead.
This causes user-space tools to display a fragmentation threshold
of 2352 bytes even if fragmentation has been disabled.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On Sunday 05 April 2009 11:29:38 Michael Buesch wrote:
> On Sunday 05 April 2009 11:23:59 Jaswinder Singh Rajput wrote:
> > With latest linus tree I am getting, .config file attached:
> >
> > [ 22.895051] r8169: eth0: link down
> > [ 22.897564] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth0: link is not ready
> > [ 22.928047] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): wlan0: link is not ready
> > [ 22.982292] libvirtd used greatest stack depth: 4200 bytes left
> > [ 63.709879] wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6
> > [ 63.712096] wlan0: authenticated
> > [ 63.712127] wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6
> > [ 63.726831] wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 (capab=0x471 status=0 aid=1)
> > [ 63.726855] wlan0: associated
> > [ 63.730093] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): wlan0: link becomes ready
> > [ 74.296087] wlan0: no IPv6 routers present
> > [ 79.349044] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 119.358200] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 179.354292] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 259.366044] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 359.348292] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 361.953459] packagekitd used greatest stack depth: 4160 bytes left
> > [ 478.824258] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 598.813343] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 718.817292] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 838.824567] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 958.815402] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1078.848434] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1198.822913] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1318.824931] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1438.814157] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1558.827336] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1678.823011] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1798.830589] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 1918.828044] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 2038.827224] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 2116.517152] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 2158.840243] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
> > [ 2278.827427] wlan0: beacon loss from AP 00:11:95:9e:df:f6 - sending probe request
>
>
> I think this message should only show if CONFIG_MAC80211_VERBOSE_DEBUG is set.
> It's kind of expected that we lose a beacon once in a while, so we shouldn't print
> verbose messages to the kernel log (even if they are KERN_DEBUG).
>
> And besides that, I think one can easily remotely trigger this message and flood the logs.
> So it should probably _also_ be ratelimited.
Something like this:
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Wext makes no assumptions about the contents of
data->txpower.fixed and data->txpower.value when
data->txpower.disabled is set, so do not update
the user-requested power level while disabling.
Also, when wext configures a really _fixed_ power
output [1], we should reject it instead of limiting it
to the regulatory constraint. If the user wants to set
a _limit_ [2] then we should honour that.
[1] iwconfig wlan0 txpower 20dBm fixed
[2] iwconfig wlan0 txpower 10dBm
This fixes
http://www.intellinuxwireless.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=1942
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently rx status for frames which are completed from reorder buffer
is taken from it's cb area which is not always right, cb is not holding
the rx status when driver uses mac80211's non-irq rx handler to pass it's
received frames. This results in dropping almost all frames from reorder
buffer when security is enabled by doing double decryption (first in hw,
second in sw because of wrong rx status). This patch copies rx status into
cb area before the frame is put into reorder buffer. After this patch,
there is a significant improvement in throughput with ath9k + WPA2(AES).
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We won't ever get here as regulatory_hint_core() can only fail
on -ENOMEM and in that case we don't initialize cfg80211 but this is
technically correct code.
This is actually good for stable, where we don't check for -ENOMEM
failure on __regulatory_hint()'s failure.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Quentin Armitage <Quentin@armitage.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It turns out that copying a 16-byte area at ~800k times a second
can be really expensive :) This patch redesigns the frags GRO
interface to avoid copying that area twice.
The two disciples of the frags interface have been converted.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit ea781f197d (netfilter: nf_conntrack: use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU and)
get rid of call_rcu() was missing one conversion to the hlist_nulls
functions, causing a crash when unloading conntrack helper modules.
Reported-and-tested-by: Mariusz Kozlowski <m.kozlowski@tuxland.pl>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
commit ca735b3aaa
'netfilter: use a linked list of loggers'
introduced an array of list_head in "struct nf_logger", but
forgot to initialize it in nf_log_register(). This resulted
in oops when calling nf_log_unregister() at module unload time.
Reported-and-tested-by: Mariusz Kozlowski <m.kozlowski@tuxland.pl>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This reverts commit 244f46ae6e.
Alan Cox did the research, and just like the other radio protocols
zero-length frames have meaning because at the top level ROSE is
X.25 PLP.
So this zero-length filtering is invalid.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Impact: clean up
Create a sub directory in include/trace called events to keep the
trace point headers in their own separate directory. Only headers that
declare trace points should be defined in this directory.
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Zhao Lei <zhaolei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Eduard - Gabriel Munteanu <eduard.munteanu@linux360.ro>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Since everybody has been focusing on baremetal GRO performance
no one noticed when I added a bug that zapped gso_size for all
GRO packets. This only gets picked up when you forward the skb
out of an interface.
Thanks to Mark Wagner for noticing this bug when testing kvm.
Reported-by: Mark Wagner <mwagner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch lowers the number of places a developer must modify to add
new tracepoints. The current method to add a new tracepoint
into an existing system is to write the trace point macro in the
trace header with one of the macros TRACE_EVENT, TRACE_FORMAT or
DECLARE_TRACE, then they must add the same named item into the C file
with the macro DEFINE_TRACE(name) and then add the trace point.
This change cuts out the needing to add the DEFINE_TRACE(name).
Every file that uses the tracepoint must still include the trace/<type>.h
file, but the one C file must also add a define before the including
of that file.
#define CREATE_TRACE_POINTS
#include <trace/mytrace.h>
This will cause the trace/mytrace.h file to also produce the C code
necessary to implement the trace point.
Note, if more than one trace/<type>.h is used to create the C code
it is best to list them all together.
#define CREATE_TRACE_POINTS
#include <trace/foo.h>
#include <trace/bar.h>
#include <trace/fido.h>
Thanks to Mathieu Desnoyers and Christoph Hellwig for coming up with
the cleaner solution of the define above the includes over my first
design to have the C code include a "special" header.
This patch converts sched, irq and lockdep and skb to use this new
method.
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Zhao Lei <zhaolei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Eduard - Gabriel Munteanu <eduard.munteanu@linux360.ro>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
After switch (rthdr->type) {...},the check below is completely useless.Because:
if the type is 2,then hdrlen must be 2 and segments_left must be 1,clearly the
check is redundant;if the type is not 2,then goto sticky_done,the check is useless
too.
Signed-off-by: Yang Hongyang <yanghy@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A long-standing feature in tcp_init_metrics() is such that
any of its goto reset prevents call to tcp_init_cwnd().
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When vlan acceleration is used on receive, the vlan tag is maintained
outside of the skb data. The existing vlan tag match only works on TX
path because it uses vlan_get_tag which tests for VLAN_HW_TX_ACCEL.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hi:
gro: Normalise skb before bypassing GRO on netpoll VLAN path
When we detect netpoll RX on the GRO VLAN path we bail out and
call the normal VLAN receive handler. However, the packet needs
to be normalised by calling eth_type_trans since that's what the
normal path expects (normally the GRO path does the fixup).
This patch adds the necessary call to vlan_gro_frags.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Thanks,
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dev_put() after dev_get_by_index() to avoid leakage
of device.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently netif_device_attach/detach are only stopping one queue. They
should be starting and stopping all the queues on a given device.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rdma_create_id() doesn't return NULL, only ERR_PTR().
Found by smatch (http://repo.or.cz/w/smatch.git). Compile tested.
regards,
dan carpenter
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rdma_create_id() returns ERR_PTR() not null.
Found by smatch (http://repo.or.cz/w/smatch.git). Compile tested.
regards,
dan carpenter
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kmem_cache_zalloc instead of kmem_cache_alloc/memset.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unused #include <version.h> in net/rds/af_rds.c.
Signed-off-by: Huang Weiyi <weiyi.huang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new function that is simpler and faster.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first message to a remote node should prompt a new connection.
Even an RDMA op via CMSG. Therefore move CMSG parsing to after
connection establishment.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Putting the constant first is a supposed "best practice" that actually makes
the code harder to read.
Thanks to Roland Dreier for finding a bug in this "simple, obviously correct"
patch.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix hack that restricts the credit advertisement to 127.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RDS_LL_SEND_FULL bit should be set when we stop transmitted due to
flow control. Otherwise the send worker will keep trying as opposed to
sleeping until we unthrottle. Saves CPU.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Had some lingering instances of _iw_ variable names from when
the listen code was centralized into rdma_transport.c
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the recv ring low water mark is 1/4 the depth. Performance
measurements show that this limits iWARP throughput by flow controlling
the rds-stress senders. Setting it to 1/2 seems to max the T3
performance. I tried even higher levels but that didn't help and it
started to increase the rds thread cpu utilization.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
b44: Use kernel DMA addresses for the kernel DMA API
forcedeth: Fix resume from hibernation regression.
xfrm: fix fragmentation on inter family tunnels
ibm_newemac: Fix dangerous struct assumption
gigaset: documentation update
gigaset: in file ops, check for device disconnect before anything else
bas_gigaset: use tasklet_hi_schedule for timing critical tasklets
net/802/fddi.c: add MODULE_LICENSE
smsc911x: remove unused #include <linux/version.h>
axnet_cs: fix phy_id detection for bogus Asix chip.
bnx2: Use request_firmware()
b44: Fix sizes passed to b44_sync_dma_desc_for_{device,cpu}()
socket: use percpu_add() while updating sockets_in_use
virtio_net: Set the mac config only when VIRITO_NET_F_MAC
myri_sbus: use request_firmware
e1000: fix loss of multicast packets
vxge: should include tcp.h
Conflict in firmware/WHENCE (SCSI vs net firmware)
If an ipv4 packet (not locally generated with IP_DF flag not set) bigger
than mtu size is supposed to go via a xfrm ipv6 tunnel, the packetsize
check in xfrm4_tunnel_check_size() is omited and ipv6 drops the packet
without sending a notice to the original sender of the ipv4 packet.
Another issue is that ipv4 connection tracking does reassembling of
incomming fragmented packets. If such a reassembled packet is supposed to
go via a xfrm ipv6 tunnel it will be droped, even if the original sender
did proper fragmentation.
According to RFC 2473 (section 7) tunnel ipv6 packets resulting from the
encapsulation of an original packet are considered as locally generated
packets. If such a packet passed the checks in xfrm{4,6}_tunnel_check_size()
fragmentation is allowed according to RFC 2473 (section 7.1/7.2).
This patch sets skb->local_df in xfrm6_prepare_output() to achieve
fragmentation in this case.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-2.6.30' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (81 commits)
nfsd41: define nfsd4_set_statp as noop for !CONFIG_NFSD_V4
nfsd41: define NFSD_DRC_SIZE_SHIFT in set_max_drc
nfsd41: Documentation/filesystems/nfs41-server.txt
nfsd41: CREATE_EXCLUSIVE4_1
nfsd41: SUPPATTR_EXCLCREAT attribute
nfsd41: support for 3-word long attribute bitmask
nfsd: dynamically skip encoded fattr bitmap in _nfsd4_verify
nfsd41: pass writable attrs mask to nfsd4_decode_fattr
nfsd41: provide support for minor version 1 at rpc level
nfsd41: control nfsv4.1 svc via /proc/fs/nfsd/versions
nfsd41: add OPEN4_SHARE_ACCESS_WANT nfs4_stateid bmap
nfsd41: access_valid
nfsd41: clientid handling
nfsd41: check encode size for sessions maxresponse cached
nfsd41: stateid handling
nfsd: pass nfsd4_compound_state* to nfs4_preprocess_{state,seq}id_op
nfsd41: destroy_session operation
nfsd41: non-page DRC for solo sequence responses
nfsd41: Add a create session replay cache
nfsd41: create_session operation
...
This patch fixes a regression (introduced by myself in commit 19abb7b:
netfilter: ctnetlink: deliver events for conntracks changed from
userspace) that results in an expectation re-insertion since
__nf_ct_expect_check() may return 0 for expectation timer refreshing.
This patch also removes a unnecessary refcount bump that
pretended to avoid a possible race condition with event delivery
and expectation timers (as said, not needed since we hold a
reference to the object since until we finish the expectation
setup). This also merges nf_ct_expect_related_report() and
nf_ct_expect_related() which look basically the same.
Reported-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Currently the 9p code crashes when a operation is interrupted, i.e. for
example when the user presses ^C while reading from a file.
This patch fixes the code that is responsible for interruption and flushing
of 9P operations.
Signed-off-by: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
p9_client_stat function doesn't return correct value if it fails.
p9_client_stat should return ERR_PTR of the error value when it fails.
Instead, it always returns a value to the allocated p9_wstat struct even
when it is not populated correctly.
This patch makes p9_client_stat to handle failure correctly.
Signed-off-by: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The 9P2000 Twstat message requires the size of the stat structure to be
specified. Currently the 9p code writes zero instead of the actual size.
This behavior confuses some of the file servers that check if the size is
correct.
This patch adds a new function that calculcates the stat size and puts the
value in the appropriate place in the 9P message.
Signed-off-by: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
See http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13034
If the port gets into a TIME_WAIT state, then we cannot reconnect without
binding to a new port.
Tested-by: Petr Vandrovec <petr@vandrovec.name>
Tested-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (24 commits)
e100: do not go D3 in shutdown unless system is powering off
netfilter: revised locking for x_tables
Bluetooth: Fix connection establishment with low security requirement
Bluetooth: Add different pairing timeout for Legacy Pairing
Bluetooth: Ensure that HCI sysfs add/del is preempt safe
net: Avoid extra wakeups of threads blocked in wait_for_packet()
net: Fix typo in net_device_ops description.
ipv4: Limit size of route cache hash table
Add reference to CAPI 2.0 standard
Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI
update Documentation/isdn/00-INDEX
ixgbe: Fix WoL functionality for 82599 KX4 devices
veth: prevent oops caused by netdev destructor
xfrm: wrong hash value for temporary SA
forcedeth: tx timeout fix
net: Fix LL_MAX_HEADER for CONFIG_TR_MODULE
mlx4_en: Handle page allocation failure during receive
mlx4_en: Fix cleanup flow on cq activation
vlan: update vlan carrier state for admin up/down
netfilter: xt_recent: fix stack overread in compat code
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (94 commits)
netfilter: ctnetlink: fix gcc warning during compilation
net/netrom: Fix socket locking
netlabel: Always remove the correct address selector
ucc_geth.c: Fix upsmr setting in RMII mode
8139too: fix HW initial flow
af_iucv: Fix race when queuing incoming iucv messages
af_iucv: Test additional sk states in iucv_sock_shutdown
af_iucv: Reject incoming msgs if RECV_SHUTDOWN is set
af_iucv: fix oops in iucv_sock_recvmsg() for MSG_PEEK flag
af_iucv: consider state IUCV_CLOSING when closing a socket
iwlwifi: DMA fixes
iwlwifi: add debugging for TX path
mwl8: fix build warning.
mac80211: fix alignment calculation bug
mac80211: do not print WARN if config interface
iwl3945: use cancel_delayed_work_sync to cancel rfkill_poll
iwlwifi: fix EEPROM validation mask to include OTP only devices
atmel: fix netdev ops conversion
pcnet_cs: add cis(firmware) of the Allied Telesis LA-PCM
mlx4_en: Fix cleanup if workqueue create in mlx4_en_add() fails
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux-2.6-cpumask: (36 commits)
cpumask: remove cpumask allocation from idle_balance, fix
numa, cpumask: move numa_node_id default implementation to topology.h, fix
cpumask: remove cpumask allocation from idle_balance
x86: cpumask: x86 mmio-mod.c use cpumask_var_t for downed_cpus
x86: cpumask: update 32-bit APM not to mug current->cpus_allowed
x86: microcode: cleanup
x86: cpumask: use work_on_cpu in arch/x86/kernel/microcode_core.c
cpumask: fix CONFIG_CPUMASK_OFFSTACK=y cpu hotunplug crash
numa, cpumask: move numa_node_id default implementation to topology.h
cpumask: convert node_to_cpumask_map[] to cpumask_var_t
cpumask: remove x86 cpumask_t uses.
cpumask: use cpumask_var_t in uv_flush_tlb_others.
cpumask: remove cpumask_t assignment from vector_allocation_domain()
cpumask: make Xen use the new operators.
cpumask: clean up summit's send_IPI functions
cpumask: use new cpumask functions throughout x86
x86: unify cpu_callin_mask/cpu_callout_mask/cpu_initialized_mask/cpu_sibling_setup_mask
cpumask: convert struct cpuinfo_x86's llc_shared_map to cpumask_var_t
cpumask: convert node_to_cpumask_map[] to cpumask_var_t
x86: unify 32 and 64-bit node_to_cpumask_map
...
On an NFSv4.1 server cache miss that causes an upcall, NFS4ERR_DELAY will be
returned. It is up to the NFSv4.1 client to resend only the operations that
have not been processed.
Initialize rq_usedeferral to 1 in svc_process(). It sill be turned off in
nfsd4_proc_compound() only when NFSv4.1 Sessions are used.
Note: this isn't an adequate solution on its own. It's acceptable as a way
to get some minimal 4.1 up and working, but we're going to have to find a
way to avoid returning DELAY in all common cases before 4.1 can really be
considered ready.
Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[nfsd41: reverse rq_nodeferral negative logic]
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[sunrpc: initialize rq_usedeferral]
Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (28 commits)
trivial: Update my email address
trivial: NULL noise: drivers/mtd/tests/mtd_*test.c
trivial: NULL noise: drivers/media/dvb/frontends/drx397xD_fw.h
trivial: Fix misspelling of "Celsius".
trivial: remove unused variable 'path' in alloc_file()
trivial: fix a pdlfush -> pdflush typo in comment
trivial: jbd header comment typo fix for JBD_PARANOID_IOFAIL
trivial: wusb: Storage class should be before const qualifier
trivial: drivers/char/bsr.c: Storage class should be before const qualifier
trivial: h8300: Storage class should be before const qualifier
trivial: fix where cgroup documentation is not correctly referred to
trivial: Give the right path in Documentation example
trivial: MTD: remove EOL from MODULE_DESCRIPTION
trivial: Fix typo in bio_split()'s documentation
trivial: PWM: fix of #endif comment
trivial: fix typos/grammar errors in Kconfig texts
trivial: Fix misspelling of firmware
trivial: cgroups: documentation typo and spelling corrections
trivial: Update contact info for Jochen Hein
trivial: fix typo "resgister" -> "register"
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs-2.6:
Remove two unneeded exports and make two symbols static in fs/mpage.c
Cleanup after commit 585d3bc06f
Trim includes of fdtable.h
Don't crap into descriptor table in binfmt_som
Trim includes in binfmt_elf
Don't mess with descriptor table in load_elf_binary()
Get rid of indirect include of fs_struct.h
New helper - current_umask()
check_unsafe_exec() doesn't care about signal handlers sharing
New locking/refcounting for fs_struct
Take fs_struct handling to new file (fs/fs_struct.c)
Get rid of bumping fs_struct refcount in pivot_root(2)
Kill unsharing fs_struct in __set_personality()
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (54 commits)
glge: remove unused #include <version.h>
dnet: remove unused #include <version.h>
tcp: miscounts due to tcp_fragment pcount reset
tcp: add helper for counter tweaking due mid-wq change
hso: fix for the 'invalid frame length' messages
hso: fix for crash when unplugging the device
fsl_pq_mdio: Fix compile failure
fsl_pq_mdio: Revive UCC MDIO support
ucc_geth: Pass proper device to DMA routines, otherwise oops happens
i.MX31: Fixing cs89x0 network building to i.MX31ADS
tc35815: Fix build error if NAPI enabled
hso: add Vendor/Product ID's for new devices
ucc_geth: Remove unused header
gianfar: Remove unused header
kaweth: Fix locking to be SMP-safe
net: allow multiple dev per napi with GRO
r8169: reset IntrStatus after chip reset
ixgbe: Fix potential memory leak/driver panic issue while setting up Tx & Rx ring parameters
ixgbe: fix ethtool -A|a behavior
ixgbe: Patch to fix driver panic while freeing up tx & rx resources
...
It seems that trivial reset of pcount to one was not sufficient
in tcp_retransmit_skb. Multiple counters experience a positive
miscount when skb's pcount gets lowered without the necessary
adjustments (depending on skb's sacked bits which exactly), at
worst a packets_out miscount can crash at RTO if the write queue
is empty!
Triggering this requires mss change, so bidir tcp or mtu probe or
like.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Reported-by: Markus Trippelsdorf <markus@trippelsdorf.de>
Tested-by: Uwe Bugla <uwe.bugla@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need full-scale adjustment to fix a TCP miscount in the next
patch, so just move it into a helper and call for that from the
other places.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GRO assumes that there is a one-to-one relationship between NAPI
structure and network device. Some devices like sky2 share multiple
devices on a single interrupt so only have one NAPI handler. Rather than
split GRO from NAPI, just have GRO assume if device changes that
it is a different flow.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 784544739a
(netfilter: iptables: lock free counters) forgot to disable BH
in arpt_do_table(), ipt_do_table() and ip6t_do_table()
Use rcu_read_lock_bh() instead of rcu_read_lock() cures the problem.
Reported-and-bisected-by: Roman Mindalev <r000n@r000n.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have a 64bit value that needs to be set atomically.
This is easy and quick on all 64bit archs, and can also be done
on x86/32 with set_64bit() (uses cmpxchg8b). However other
32b archs don't have this.
I actually changed this to the current state in preparation for
mainline because the old way (using a spinlock on 32b) resulted in
unsightly #ifdefs in the code. But obviously, being correct takes
precedence.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a bug where a connection was unexpectedly
not on *any* list while being destroyed. It also
cleans up some code duplication and regularizes some
function names.
* Grab appropriate lock in conn_free() and explain in comment
* Ensure via locking that a conn is never not on either
a dev's list or the nodev list
* Add rds_xx_remove_conn() to match rds_xx_add_conn()
* Make rds_xx_add_conn() return void
* Rename remove_{,nodev_}conns() to
destroy_{,nodev_}conns() and unify their implementation
in a helper function
* Document lock ordering as nodev conn_lock before
dev_conn_lock
Reported-by: Yosef Etigin <yosefe@voltaire.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rs_send_drop_to() is called during socket close. If it takes
m_rs_lock without disabling interrupts, then
rds_send_remove_from_sock() can run from the rx completion
handler and thus deadlock.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also ensure that we use the protocol family instead of the address
family when calling sock_create_kern().
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Add support for event-aware wakeups to the sockets code. Events are
delivered to the wakeup target, so that epoll can avoid spurious wakeups
for non-interesting events.
Signed-off-by: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: William Lee Irwin III <wli@movementarian.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
struct tty_operations::proc_fops took it's place and there is one less
create_proc_read_entry() user now!
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
wireless: remove duplicated .ndo_set_mac_address
netfilter: xtables: fix IPv6 dependency in the cluster match
tg3: Add GRO support.
niu: Add GRO support.
ucc_geth: Fix use-after-of_node_put() in ucc_geth_probe().
gianfar: Fix use-after-of_node_put() in gfar_of_init().
kernel: remove HIPQUAD()
netpoll: store local and remote ip in net-endian
netfilter: fix endian bug in conntrack printks
dmascc: fix incomplete conversion to network_device_ops
gso: Fix support for linear packets
skbuff.h: fix missing kernel-doc
ni5010: convert to net_device_ops
Setting ->owner as done currently (pde->owner = THIS_MODULE) is racy
as correctly noted at bug #12454. Someone can lookup entry with NULL
->owner, thus not pinning enything, and release it later resulting
in module refcount underflow.
We can keep ->owner and supply it at registration time like ->proc_fops
and ->data.
But this leaves ->owner as easy-manipulative field (just one C assignment)
and somebody will forget to unpin previous/pin current module when
switching ->owner. ->proc_fops is declared as "const" which should give
some thoughts.
->read_proc/->write_proc were just fixed to not require ->owner for
protection.
rmmod'ed directories will be empty and return "." and ".." -- no harm.
And directories with tricky enough readdir and lookup shouldn't be modular.
We definitely don't want such modular code.
Removing ->owner will also make PDE smaller.
So, let's nuke it.
Kudos to Jeff Layton for reminding about this, let's say, oversight.
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12454
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Impact: cleanup
Time to clean up remaining laggards using the old cpu_ functions.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com
This patch fixes a dependency with IPv6:
ERROR: "__ipv6_addr_type" [net/netfilter/xt_cluster.ko] undefined!
This patch adds a function that checks if the higher bits of the
address is 0xFF to identify a multicast address, instead of adding a
dependency due to __ipv6_addr_type(). I came up with this idea after
Patrick McHardy pointed possible problems with runtime module
dependencies.
Reported-by: Steven Noonan <steven@uplinklabs.net>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Reported-by: Cyrill Gorcunov <gorcunov@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows for the removal of byteswapping in some places and
the removal of HIPQUAD (replaced by %pI4).
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dcc_ip is treated as a host-endian value in the first printk,
but the second printk uses %pI4 which expects a be32. This
will cause a mismatch between the debug statement and the
warning statement.
Treat as a be32 throughout and avoid some byteswapping during
some comparisions, and allow another user of HIPQUAD to bite the
dust.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When GRO/frag_list support was added to GSO, I made an error
which broke the support for segmenting linear GSO packets (GSO
packets are normally non-linear in the payload).
These days most of these packets are constructed by the tun
driver, which prefers to allocate linear memory if possible.
This is fixed in the latest kernel, but for 2.6.29 and earlier
it is still the norm.
Therefore this bug causes failures with GSO when used with tun
in 2.6.29.
Reported-by: James Huang <jamesclhuang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/security-testing-2.6:
smack: Add a new '-CIPSO' option to the network address label configuration
netlabel: Cleanup the Smack/NetLabel code to fix incoming TCP connections
lsm: Remove the socket_post_accept() hook
selinux: Remove the "compat_net" compatibility code
netlabel: Label incoming TCP connections correctly in SELinux
lsm: Relocate the IPv4 security_inet_conn_request() hooks
TOMOYO: Fix a typo.
smack: convert smack to standard linux lists
* 'percpu-cpumask-x86-for-linus-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip: (682 commits)
percpu: fix spurious alignment WARN in legacy SMP percpu allocator
percpu: generalize embedding first chunk setup helper
percpu: more flexibility for @dyn_size of pcpu_setup_first_chunk()
percpu: make x86 addr <-> pcpu ptr conversion macros generic
linker script: define __per_cpu_load on all SMP capable archs
x86: UV: remove uv_flush_tlb_others() WARN_ON
percpu: finer grained locking to break deadlock and allow atomic free
percpu: move fully free chunk reclamation into a work
percpu: move chunk area map extension out of area allocation
percpu: replace pcpu_realloc() with pcpu_mem_alloc() and pcpu_mem_free()
x86, percpu: setup reserved percpu area for x86_64
percpu, module: implement reserved allocation and use it for module percpu variables
percpu: add an indirection ptr for chunk page map access
x86: make embedding percpu allocator return excessive free space
percpu: use negative for auto for pcpu_setup_first_chunk() arguments
percpu: improve first chunk initial area map handling
percpu: cosmetic renames in pcpu_setup_first_chunk()
percpu: clean up percpu constants
x86: un-__init fill_pud/pmd/pte
x86: remove vestigial fix_ioremap prototypes
...
Manually merge conflicts in arch/ia64/kernel/irq_ia64.c
We just augmented the kernel's RPC service registration code so that
it automatically adjusts to what is supported in user space. Thus we
no longer need the kernel configuration option to enable registering
RPC services with v4 -- it's all done automatically.
This patch is part of a series that addresses
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12256
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Move error reporting for RPC registration to rpcb_register's caller.
This way the caller can choose to recover silently from certain
errors, but report errors it does not recognize. Error reporting
for kernel RPC service registration is now handled in one place.
This patch is part of a series that addresses
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12256
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The kernel registers RPC services with the local portmapper with an
rpcbind SET upcall to the local portmapper. Traditionally, this used
rpcbind v2 (PMAP), but registering RPC services that support IPv6
requires rpcbind v3 or v4.
Since we now want separate PF_INET and PF_INET6 listeners for each
kernel RPC service, svc_register() will do only one of those
registrations at a time.
For PF_INET, it tries an rpcb v4 SET upcall first; if that fails, it
does a legacy portmap SET. This makes it entirely backwards
compatible with legacy user space, but allows a proper v4 SET to be
used if rpcbind is available.
For PF_INET6, it does an rpcb v4 SET upcall. If that fails, it fails
the registration, and thus the transport creation. This let's the
kernel detect if user space is able to support IPv6 RPC services, and
thus whether it should maintain a PF_INET6 listener for each service
at all.
This provides complete backwards compatibilty with legacy user space
that only supports rpcbind v2. The only down-side is that registering
a new kernel RPC service may take an extra exchange with the local
portmapper on legacy systems, but this is an infrequent operation and
is done over UDP (no lingering sockets in TIMEWAIT), so it shouldn't
be consequential.
This patch is part of a series that addresses
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12256
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Our initial implementation of svc_unregister() assumed that PMAP_UNSET
cleared all rpcbind registrations for a [program, version] tuple.
However, we now have evidence that PMAP_UNSET clears only "inet"
entries, and not "inet6" entries, in the rpcbind database.
For backwards compatibility with the legacy portmapper, the
svc_unregister() function also must work if user space doesn't support
rpcbind version 4 at all.
Thus we'll send an rpcbind v4 UNSET, and if that fails, we'll send a
PMAP_UNSET.
This simplifies the code in svc_unregister() and provides better
backwards compatibility with legacy user space that does not support
rpcbind version 4. We can get rid of the conditional compilation in
here as well.
This patch is part of a series that addresses
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12256
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The user space TI-RPC library uses an empty string for the universal
address when unregistering all target addresses for [program, version].
The kernel's rpcb client should behave the same way.
Here, we are switching between several registration methods based on
the protocol family of the incoming address. Rename the other rpcbind
v4 registration functions to make it clear that they, as well, are
switched on protocol family. In /etc/netconfig, this is either "inet"
or "inet6".
NB: The loopback protocol families are not supported in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
RFC 1833 has little to say about the contents of r_owner; it only
specifies that it is a string, and states that it is used to control
who can UNSET an entry.
Our port of rpcbind (from Sun) assumes this string contains a numeric
UID value, not alphabetical or symbolic characters, but checks this
value only for AF_LOCAL RPCB_SET or RPCB_UNSET requests. In all other
cases, rpcbind ignores the contents of the r_owner string.
The reference user space implementation of rpcb_set(3) uses a numeric
UID for all SET/UNSET requests (even via the network) and an empty
string for all other requests. We emulate that behavior here to
maintain bug-for-bug compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Clean up: Simplify rpcb_v4_register() and its helpers by moving the
details of sockaddr type casting to rpcb_v4_register()'s helper
functions.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The RPC client returns -EPROTONOSUPPORT if there is a protocol version
mismatch (ie the remote RPC server doesn't support the RPC protocol
version sent by the client).
Helpers for the svc_register() function return -EPROTONOSUPPORT if they
don't recognize the passed-in IPPROTO_ value.
These are two entirely different failure modes.
Have the helpers return -ENOPROTOOPT instead of -EPROTONOSUPPORT. This
will allow callers to determine more precisely what the underlying
problem is, and decide to report or recover appropriately.
This patch is part of a series that addresses
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12256
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The kernel uses an IPv6 loopback address when registering its AF_INET6
RPC services so that it can tell whether the local portmapper is
actually IPv6-enabled.
Since the legacy portmapper doesn't listen on IPv6, however, this
causes a long timeout on older systems if the kernel happens to try
creating and registering an AF_INET6 RPC service. Originally I wanted
to use a connected transport (either TCP or connected UDP) so that the
upcall would fail immediately if the portmapper wasn't listening on
IPv6, but we never agreed on what transport to use.
In the end, it's of little consequence to the kernel whether the local
portmapper is listening on IPv6. It's only important whether the
portmapper supports rpcbind v4. And the kernel can't tell that at all
if it is sending requests via IPv6 -- the portmapper will just ignore
them.
So, send both rpcbind v2 and v4 SET/UNSET requests via IPv4 loopback
to maintain better backwards compatibility between new kernels and
legacy user space, and prevent multi-second hangs in some cases when
the kernel attempts to register RPC services.
This patch is part of a series that addresses
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12256
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
We are about to convert to using separate RPC listener sockets for
PF_INET and PF_INET6. This echoes the way IPv6 is handled in user
space by TI-RPC, and eliminates the need for ULPs to worry about
mapped IPv4 AF_INET6 addresses when doing address comparisons.
Start by setting the IPV6ONLY flag on PF_INET6 RPC listener sockets.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Since an RPC service listener's protocol family is specified now via
svc_create_xprt(), it no longer needs to be passed to svc_create() or
svc_create_pooled(). Remove that argument from the synopsis of those
functions, and remove the sv_family field from the svc_serv struct.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The sv_family field is going away. Pass a protocol family argument to
svc_create_xprt() instead of extracting the family from the passed-in
svc_serv struct.
Again, as this is a listener socket and not an address, we make this
new argument an "int" protocol family, instead of an "sa_family_t."
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
